IB DIPLOMA PROGRAMME Raw 7% ^ ' x\ , \ JjS WORKED SOLUTIONS Jennifer Cr Suzanne D 4Li /jl Jane Forre David Harri Nadia Stoy Worked solutions Measuring space: accuracy and 2D geometry 1 Skills check 1 C 2 r 2 5.3 33.3cm 2 A r 2 6.5 133cm2 2 3 a Using Pythagoras’ theorem, the length of the base is L 2 15.42 5.52 28.769 cm . L 5.5 Therefore the triangle has area A 79.1 cm2 2 b A square with side 6.4cm has area A 41.0cm2 40.96 c A trapezoid with bases 12cm , 20cm and height 6cm has area 1 A 12 20 6.5 104cm2 2 Exercise 1A 1 a 9.48m b 5.32g c 1.81cm d 7.00in 2 a 9.48m b 5.32g c 1.81cm d 7.00in 3 a 3 e 4580km f 13200kg b 4 c 3 d 4 e 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 b 3.75 c 30000 d 0.0064 e 4 39.7 Exercise 1B 1 a 8890 2 Number Round to the nearest ten Round to the nearest hundred Round to the nearest thousand a 2815 2820 2800 3000 b 75391 75390 75400 75000 c 316479 316480 316500 316000 d 932 930 900 1000 e 8253 8250 8300 8000 3 a 502 EUR 4 62 7.874 7.9(to 1 dp) b 1000 USD c 10 BGN d 1400 JPY C 2 r 2 33 207.345cm 207cm (to 3 s.f.) 5 A circle of area A 20cm2 has radius r A 2.523 cm =2.5cm (to 2 s.f.) 6 The volume of a cube with side l 4.82cm is V 111.98 cm3 110cm3 (to 2 s.f.) Exercise 1C 1 a Upper bound = 24 – 0.5 = 23.5mm. Lower bound = 24 + 0.5 = 24.5mm. Therefore, the range of possible values of x is 23.5mm x 24.5mm . b Upper bound = 3.2 – 0.05 = 3.15m. Lower bound = 3.2 + 0.05 = 3.25m. Therefore, the range of possible values of x is 3.15m x 3.25m . c Upper bound = 1.75 – 0.005 = 1.745kg. Lower bound = 1.75 + 0.005 = 1.755m. Therefore, the range of possible values of x is 1.745kg x 1.755kg 2 The height h is in the range 4.15cm h 4.25cm and the base b is in the range 3.05cm b 3.15cm . The lower bound for the area is therefore © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 1 4.153.05 6.32875 cm2 , and the upper bound for the area is 2 1 4.253.15 6.69375cm2 . 2 ALB AUB 3 The upper bound for the number of bicycles is 72.5 million bicycles, and the upper bound for the average distance per day is 2.5 km per day. The upper bound for the total distance travelled by all the bicycles in Japan is 72.5 x 2.5 = 181.25 million km per day. 4 The upper bound for sales is $345 000 and the lower bound is $335 000. The upper bound for costs is $225 000 and the lower bound is $235 000. The maximum relative profit PUB is found using the upper bound on sales and lower bound on 345000 225000 0.35 (to 2 s.f.). The minimum relative profit PLB is found 345000 335000 235000 using the lower bound on sales and upper bound on costs, i.e. PlB 0.30 335000 (to 2 s.f.). costs, i.e. PUB Exercise 1D 1 Percentage error = 3.14 3.14 100% 0.0507% (to 3 s.f.) 2 Percentage error = 8840 8848 100% 0.0904% (to 3 s.f.) 8848 3 Percentage error = 46620 40030.2 100% 16.5% (to 3 s.f.) 40030.2 4 a Actual temperature = b Percentage error = 5 1 50 32 10 C , approximate temperature = 50 32 9 C . 9 2 10 9 100% 10% 10 Exercise 1E 23 23 233 26 b 52 51 521 53 c 67 67 5 62 65 d 2 42 42 52 4 5 202 52 e 86 83 86 3 83 f 3 g 34 1 1 1 315 3 39 34 32 39 34 2 9 315 h 27 24 27 4 3 27 7 20 3 2 2 i 54 34 53 154 j 203 20 3 5 43 4 1 a 2 a b 2 3 4 32 4 38 3 4 2 x 2 x2 x2 x 6 x 2 x 6 x2 x 6 x 26 26 x12 x 0 x2 2 x x 3 3 1 x 6 1 x 6 x 3 x 6 3 2 x 7 2 3 x x x2 Exercise 1F 1 a 1.61103 g/cm3 b 1.971010 m c 9.461012 km d 1.6751024 g 2 a 1.2101 b 5.04 107 c 4.005 105 d 1103 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions 3 Real size of speck = 4 a 4.6109 years Size in microscope 1.2102 1.2 0.24mm (or 2.4101 mm) Magnification 5102 5 b 5000 5 1 millilitre has 15 drops, each of which has 1.671021 molecules. So each millilitre has 151.671021 2.5051022 molecules. Therefore, 1 litre(103 millilitres) of water has 2.5051022 103 2.5051025 molecules. 6 a b Mass of 'Planet Nine' 50000.013031024 6.5151025 kg. Planet Nine is 6.5151025 11times larger than Earth (to the nearest digit). 5.971024 7 a The population of entire world in 2005 divided by the population of China in 2005 is 6.4109 5(to the nearest integer). Therefore, the ratio of population of entire world to 1.3109 that of China in 2005 was 5:1. b c 6.4 109 4.9109 1.5109 . Country Percentage Change (relative to 1985 value) India 1.1109 7.6 108 100% 44.7%(increase) 7.6 108 United States 3.0108 2.4108 100% 25%(increase) 2.4108 China 1.3109 1.1109 100% 18.2% (increase) 1.1109 Bulgaria 8.9106 7.2106 100% 19.1%(decrease) 8.9106 d The data does not support the hypothesis that “it is always the case that the country with a bigger percentage change has also a bigger population increase”. For example, the percentage increase is larger in United States than China, but the net increase is larger in China (2 x 108 vs. 6 x 107). Exercise 1G 1 a By Pythagoras' theorem, W2 132 12.22. Therefore, W = 132 12.22 17.8 m(to 1 d.p) b Re-arranging Pythagoras' theorem gives b 9.72 6.12 7.5mm(to 1 d.p.) c a 7.52 3.52 6.6mm (1 d.p.). d c 142 9.52 10.3mm (1 d.p.). 2 a b c Since 92 402 1681 412, a triangle with sides 9 cm, 40 cm and 41 cm is right angled. Since 102 242 676 262, a triangle with sides 10 cm, 24 cm and 26 cm is right angled. 200 2 200 102 102 , so an isosceles triangle with two sides of 10 and one of 200 is right angled. d 3 a A triangle with sides 11.2, 7.5and 8.3 is not right angled as 11.22 7.52 8.32 0.3 0. The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle with both legs of 1 unit has length l 12 12 2 1.41 units (to 3 s.f.) . b The second triangle has legs of length 1 unit and 2 units. The hypotenuse of this triangle has length 12 c 12 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 1.73 units (to 3 s.f.) 4 2 units. © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions d The hypotenuse of the nth triangle (counted anti-clockwise from the first) has length Therefore, as there are 15 triangles in total, the length of x is n 1. 16 4 units. 4 The length of L is 8.22 4.32 6.98 cm. Therefore, the area is 6.98 4.3 15.0 cm2 (3 s.f.) 2 Exercise 1H 1 a As sin 61.2 y z , cos(61.2) , then y 9 sin 61.2 7.89 cm (3 sf), 9 9 z 9cos(61.2) 4.34cm. b tan 34 10.2 10.2 , so x 15.1. Then, using Pythagoras' theorem, x tan 34 z 10.22 15.12 18.2 (3 s.f.) c y 21.3 21.3 23.2, x 9.31. sin 66.4 tan 66.4 2 a KL 8.5 cos 30 7.36m (3 s.f.) b The ladder reaches a distance up the wall equal to the length LM 8.5 sin 30 4.25m. c When angle LKM = 55°, the ladder reaches a height LM =8.5 × sin(55°) = 6.96m. The maximum height up the wall the ladder can reach is 6.96m. 3 a 58° b Cliff height = 1.6 + 50 × tan(58°) = 81.6 m (3 s.f.) Exercise 1I 1 a b tan 73 450 450 , so x 138m (Nearest metre) x tan 73 © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 2 The awning should be at least as long as L, where tan 20 3 Let d be the depth of the crater. tan65 L , so L = 1.02m (2 d.p.). 2.8 d d 606 tan65 1300 m. 606 4 Let denote the angle of elevation. tan 72 72 tan1 52.6 (3 s.f.). 55 55 5 a b Let c denote the height of the cliff and l the height of the lighthouse. Using the c trigonometric ratios, tan18 c 160 tan18 52.0 m. Further, 160 c l l 160 tan22 c 12.7 m (3 s.f.) tan22 160 Exercise 1J 1 a Arc length = 2 r b Arc length = 2 r c Arc length = 2 r 360 360 360 2 5 70 6.11 cm.(2 d.p.). 360 2 4 45 3.14 cm (2 d.p.). 360 2 10.5 130 23.82 cm (2 d.p..). 360 5 of the 12 total circle. The total length of the circumference is c d 25 25 cm. The length of the 5 arc between markings 12 and 5 is c 32.7 cm (3 s.f.) 12 2 The clock has twelve markings, so the region between markings 12 and 5 occupies 3 a The total circumference of the wheel of diameter d 120 m is c d 120. Therefore, in a 200 rotation of 200, the capsule travels through a length d 209 m (3 s.f.). 360 b Time taken (in seconds) = total distance travelled/distance per second = 206 805.5 s. In 0.26 minutes this is 13.4 minutes. c The previous calculation was for a proportion therefore take 200 of a revolution. A whole revolution would 360 360 360 time for 200 13.4 24 minutes. 200 200 4 a The opposite of the angle has size 360 225 135. Using the trigonometric identities, 4.2 2 , where r is the radius of the circle. Re-arranging gives we have sin 2 r 4.2 2 2.27 m, or 227 cm (to the nearest cm). r sin 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions b The arc has length 2 r 135 5.36 m, or 536 cm (to the nearest cm). 360 Chapter Review 1 Answers will vary. 2 a 9.23 3 a b 0.511 c 2.12 40 m = 4 105 m. b 40000 103 1 1012 40 106 4 The lower bound on the target is 129.5 grams of CO2 per km. The upper bound on the target is 129.5 grams of CO2 per km. Therefore, the lower bound of total CO2 is 40000 129.5 5.18 106 g and the upper bound of total CO2 is 40000 130.5 5.22 106 g 5 The area of a semicircle with radius r is r2 2 . Therefore, the areas of the semicircles are 1.52 22 2.52 , , ; these satisfy the ‘Pythagoras relationship’, suggesting that this rule does 2 2 2 also hold for semi-circles on the sides of right-angled triangles. 6 a Using Pythagoras’ theorem, the diagonal has length d 7.52 152 16.77 m (nearest cm) b Percentage error = | actual – error| 16.77 16 100% 100% 4.59% (3 s.f.). | actual| 16.77 7 Let x denote the length of the side of the square, so, by Pythagoras’ theorem, 100 2 2 x2 x2 2x 2 x 100 ft. Therefore, the perimeter is p 4x 400 ft. 8 Let the distance of ABC above line BC be denoted by x. Using Pythagoras’ theorem, 2 14.5 x 2 8.52 19.68 m. Therefore, x 4.44 m (3 s.f.). 2 9 Using Pythagoras’ theorem, the distance is 3.652 0.62 3.60 m (3 s.f.). 10 a b Using Pythagoras’ theorem, the distance x between the satellite and the horizon is x 6370 800 2 63702 3291 km (4 s.f.) 11 a Using trigonometric identities, the length l of the ladder reaching a height 20m up the wall 20 20 satisfies sin50 l 26.11 m (nearest cm) l sin50 b A ladder of length 15 m can reach a height of h 15 sin50 11.49 m up the wall. Therefore, if extended from a fire truck of height 4.15 m, the ladder can reach a height of 4.15 h 15.64 m up the wall. 12 The distance from the base of the tower to the blue car is db from the base of the tower to the red car is dr 150 86.6 m. The distance tan60 150 150 m. The total distance between tan 45 the cars is db dr 237 m (nearest m). © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 13 a b (Using the notation of the diagram in the solutions). Applying trigonometry to the triangle y BCD: tan 40 y tan 40x, and for the triangle ACD: x y tan33 y tan33 x 0.5 . Solving these two equations simultaneously: x 0.5 y tan40x tan33 x 0.5 tan40 tan33 x 0.5 tan33 x 1.711 km and y 1.436 km. 2 80 2 14 The radius r of the arc is calculated using Pythagoras’ theorem: r 2 136 r 141.7 2 136 73.6. By symmetry, 80 2 IMG FMH , so HMI 180 2IMG 32.8, this is the angle at the centre of the arc. cm. If M denotes the midpoint of FG, then the tan FMH Therefore, the arc has length 2 r 15 a b 16 a b HMI 32.8 2 141.7 81.1 cm (3 s.f.) 360 360 AY 2 52 62 AY 7.81 cm 6 ˆ 37.5 ˆ XAY tan XAY 7.810 V 1.82 14.5 148 cm3 SA 2 1.8 14.5 2 1.8 2 M1A1 M1A1 184 M1A1 cm3 M1A1 40 2 7 4.88 cm 360 M1A1 Perimeter 4.88 7 7 18.9 cm M1A1 17 Arc AB 18 a b c 3 4 7 10x 3x 30x 2x 6 2x 6 M1A1 15x13 x 2 4x 3 4x 1 1 4 x 1 x A1 M1A1A1 3x3 12x0 4x5 144x8 M1A1 12x 4 x x 2 d 3 A1 5 4 x 10 x 12 M1A1 x2 A1 19 23.5 1.6 21.9 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions tan 21.9 100 M1A1 12.4 A1 20 355 113 100 M1A1 8.49 106% A1 90 x 21 tan19 M1A1 Yacht / kittiwake is at an horizontal distance of 90 261.38 m from Sharon tan19 Vertical height of kittiwake from cliff is . 261.38 tan15 70.04 .m Required distance is 90 70.04 160 m A1 M1A1 A1 22 7.1sin70 6.672 m M1A1 7.1sin80 6.992 m M1A1 So the minimum height is 6.67 m and the maximum height is 6.99 m 23 a b c time 1.496 108 103 498.7 seconds 3 108 498.7 8.3 minutes 60 4.014 1013 103 time 1.338 108 seconds 3 108 1.338 108 4.24 years 60 60 24 365 M1A1 3 108 2.5 106 365 24 60 60 2.3652 1022 m M1A1 2.3652 1022 m 2.4 1019 km 24 a b 25 a 8 1 3 10 2 16 9 10 J 9 10 1.5 1015 seconds 60 1.5 1015 4.76 107 years 60 60 24 365 5.5 RMIN 22 0.25 6.5 43.3 0.15 120 120 x e.g. tan31 x tan31 27 a VMIN A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 26 Valid attempt to find a horizontal distance. Distance required is A1 A1 RMAX 30 100 44.4% 30 Other horizontal distance is A1 M1A1 16 RMAX b M1A1 M1A1 A1 120 tan39 120 120 51.5 m tan31 tan39 4 3.453 172 cm3 3 A1 M1A1 M1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 4 3.553 187.4 cm3 3 VMAX b Re-arranging V 28 a 4 r 3 gives r 3 c d 3V 4 M1A1 3 3 495 4.91 cm 4 M1A1 rMAX 3 3 505 4.94 cm 4 M1A1 1.3 106 4.5 106 2.39 1017 m3 2 M1A1 2.39 1017 2 1017 100 16.3% 2.39 1017 M1A1 1.675 10 1.673 10 9.109 10 1.12 10 27 b 3 rMIN b Percentage error 29 a M1A1 27 31 27 3 2 1.675 1027 1.673 1027 9.109 1031 kg 6.70 10 27 27 1.675 10 1840 times heavier 9.109 1031 1 1030 9.109 1031 100 9.78% 9.109 1031 30 Arc length AD Arc length . BC kg M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 60 2 5 5.236 cm 360 M1A1 60 2 13 13.61 . cm 360 M1A1 Perimeter 5.236 13.61 8 8 34.8 cm 31 a Taking R1 7.25 and R2 3.65 b M1A1 M1A1 M1 1 1 1 RTOT 7.25 3.65 A1 So upper bound 2.428 A1 Taking R1 7.15 and R2 3.55 . M1 1 1 1 RTOT 7.15 3.55 A1 So lower bound 2.372 A1 2.428 2.40 100 1.17% 2.40 2.372 2.40 100 1.17% 2.40 M1A1 A1 So range of percentage errors is anything from 0 to 1.17% © Oxford University Press 2019 A1 9 Worked solutions Measuring space: non-right angled triangles and volumes 2 Skills Check 1 a 15.1 cm b 4.90 cm 2 a b 34.7 45.6 2 3 37.5cm 4 20 Exercise 2A 1 a The sine rule applied here gives: sin A sin B sin 68 sin 68 A sin1 12.5 48.8. (3 s.f.) a b 15.4 15.4 b The sine rule applied here gives: sin B sin C sin 41 sin 41 B sin1 42.8 66.6. (3 s.f.) b c 30.6 30.6 c The sine rule applied here gives: sin C sin A sin 70 sin 70 A sin1 5.1 41.7. (3 s.f.) c a 7.2 7.2 2 First use that the angles in a triangle total to 180 to find A 180 101 32 47. Therefore, by the sine rule: BC AC AB BC 8 AB 8 BC sin 47 11.0 cm sin A sin B sin C sin 47 sin 32 sin 101 sin 32 and AB sin 101 8 14.8 cm (both 3 s.f.) sin 32 3 Given the information in the question was can produce the diagram (not to scale), with A = 125 , D = 36 , b = 12km. Therefore, B =180 125 55 and therefore C 180 55 36 89. Then the sine rule gives: c 12 12 c sin 89 14.6 km (3 s.f.). sin 89 sin 55 sin 55 Exercise 2B 1 Throughout these solutions, the notation in below diagram is used: a Using the cosine rule, 6.52 72 122 b2 c2 a2 6.52 72 122 cos A A cos1 125.42... 125 and 2bc 2 6.5 7 2 6.5 7 cos B 122 72 6.52 a2 c2 b2 122 72 6.52 B cos1 26.19... 26.2 . 2ac 2 12 7 2 12 7 Then C 180 125.42... 26.19... 28.38... 28.4 (all 3 s.f.). © Oxford University Press 2018 Teacher notes 1 Worked solutions b Using the cosine rule, 142 182 112 b2 c 2 a2 142 182 112 cos A A cos1 37.7 and 2bc 2 14 11 2 14 11 cos B 112 182 142 a2 c2 b2 112 182 142 B cos1 51.0 . 2ac 2 11 18 2 11 18 Then C 180 37.7 51.0 91.3 (all 3 s.f.). c Using triangle rules, C 180 25 83 72. Next use the sine rule: c 22 a b sin C sin 72 sin 25 sin 83 a sin 25 22 22 9.78m, b sin 83 23.0 m. (3 s.f.). sin 72 sin 72 2 a Let x denote the angle opposite the 70 mm side. By the sine rule, sin 52 sin x sin 52 x sin1 70 41.0. Using the sum of angles in a triangle, the 84 70 84 remaining angle is y 180 52 41.0 87.0. Using the cosine rule, the final side has length L 702 842 2 70 84 cos 87 106 mm. b The remaining angle has size 180 66 48 66. Using X and Y to denote the lengths sin 48 sin 66 sin 66 of the remaining sides, 14 X Y X 14 sin 66 sin 48 17.2 cm,Y 14 sin 66 sin 48 17.2 cm (3 s.f.) c Find x using sum of angles in a triangle: 2x 3x 4x 9x 180 x 20, so the angles are 40,60,80. Using X and Y to denote the lengths of the remaining sides, sin 80 25 X 25 sin 60 X sin 60 sin 80 sin 40 Y 22.0m,Y 25 sin 40 sin 80 16.3 cm (3 s.f.). 3 First find ABC 180 45 55 80. Then use the sine rule to find the length x from A to B: x 450 450 x sin 55 374 m (to the nearest meter). sin 55 sin 80 sin 80 4 The diagram represents the situation. We are given that A = 58, B = 103 . The vertical lines are parallel so D 180 A 122 C 360 103 122 135. We are also given that x = 5km, y = 8km, so by the cosine rule: z2 52 82 2 5 8 cos 135 z 12.1 km (3 s.f.). 5 Using the cosine rule: 2232 1522 2852 BAC cos1 97.1, 2 223 152 2 2 2 223 285 152 ABC cos1 32.0, 2 223 285 2 2 2 285 152 223 BAC cos1 50.9 (3 s.f.) 2 285 152 6 One can use either Kristian or Velina’s suggestion. Kristian’s suggestion is the easier of the two: © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions Let x denote the length of the unknown side. The cosine rule gives 252 402 x2 2 40 x cos 35 . This equation has solutions x 22.8 or 42.7, both of which are possible. So AC 22.8m or 42.7m . Velina’s suggestion: AB sin(A) C sin1 66.59... 66.6 , then B 180 A C 180 35 66.6 78.4 BC thus giving AC BC sin(B) 42.7cm (3 s.f.) alternatively, sin(A) AB sin(A) C 180 sin1 113.40... 113 , then BC B 180 A C 180 35 113 32 thus giving AC BC sin(B) 22.8cm (3 s.f.) sin(A) Exercise 2C 1 a Area = b Area 1 1 ab sin C 16 28 sin23 87.5 cm2 (3 s.f.) 2 2 1 1 ab sin C 11 7.25 sin56 33.1cm2 (3 s.f.) 2 2 c First find the missing angle: C 180 67 35 78. Then 1 area 10 7 3 5 sin C 67.0 cm2 (3 s.f.) 2 2 a We have two lengths and an angle between them, so the area formula immediately applies: area 1 13.6 9.2 sin 49 47.2 cm2 2 b First find the missing angle C 180 33 42.5 104.5. Next use the sine rule to find length a: 𝑎sin33°=𝑐sin∠𝐶=19sin104.5°⇒𝑎=10.7 m. Finally, the area of the triangle is then 1 1 ac sin B 19 10.7 sin 42.5 68.6 m2 (3 s.f.). 2 2 2 2 a2 b2 c 2 1 25 (14 2) 59 c First use the cosine rule to find C cos1 14.6. cos 2bc 2 25 14 2 Then use the formula for the area: A 1 1 ab sin C 25 14 2 sin14.6 62.4 cm2 (3 2 2 s.f.). 3 a First use the cosine rule to find 2 2 2 AC 2 AD2 DC 2 1 15 23.5 29 A cos1 cos 95.2. Then use the formula for 2 AC AD 2 15 23.5 the area: A 1 1 AD AC sin A 15 23.5 sin95.2 176 m2 (3 s.f.). 2 2 b Mass of seeds = Area (m2 ) 176 0.5 0.5 0.585kg (3 s.f.). 150 150 4 The missing angle in triangle ABC is B 180 91 44.5 44.5. Next use the sine rule to 7.4 10.56m. Hence the area of ABC is find the length AB: AB sin91 sin 44.5 1 7.4 10.56 sin 44.5 27.39m2. The area of the parallelogram is twice the area of the 2 triangle ABC, i.e. area of parallelogram = 2 27.39 54.8m2 (3 s.f.). 5 The triangles (e.g. ALB) making up the hexagon have equal length sides and angles of 1 9 9 sin60 35.07 cm2. 60 ALB 60. Therefore, the area of triangle ALB is 2 Therefore, the hexagon has area 6 35.07 210 cm2 (3 s.f.). © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions 6 Let 360 . Splitting the heptagon into 7 triangles, we find MNS 180 2. Using the 7 cosine rule, the length MN 252 252 2 25 25 cos . Using these two measurements (and the fact that NS MN ), we find MS MN2 MN2 2 MN MN cos 180 . Using triangle relationships, find MSQ 180 2. Then the area of triangle MSQ is found as 1 1 MS2 sin MSQ. Finally, the whole heptagon has area A 7 252 sin 1710.3m2 . 2 2 Therefore the garden has area A MSQ 1710.3 744.9 965m2. Exercise 2D 1 a Area b Area c Area 2 a Area 360 360 360 360 r2 70 62 22.0 cm2 (3 s.f.). 360 r2 49 32 3.85 cm2 (3 s.f.). 360 r2 122 10.52 117 cm2 (3 s.f.). 360 r2 140 92 99.0 cm2 (3 s.f.). 360 b Using the area formula: 48 c Using the area formula: 8 X 48 102 X 360 173 (3 s.f.). 360 100 50 360 X2 X 8 7.59 cm (3 s.f.) 360 50 90 1 r 2 r 2. The triangle 360 4 r2 1 2 has area . Therefore, the shaded section has area A r r . 2 4 2 3 Let r denote the radius of the circle. The whole sector has area a A 8 18.3cm2 (3 s.f.) 4 The whole sector has area A1 b A 12 41.1cm2 (3 s.f.) 55 1 42 , and the triangle ABC has area A2 4 4 sin55. 2 360 Therefore, the area of the shaded region is A A1 A2 1.13cm2 (3 s.f.). 5 Consider a single ‘slice’, which has angle 60 at the centre. The area of the slice is 360 6 1.52 1 1.52. The area of the grey triangle in the slice has area As 360 6 1 360 At 1.5 1.5 sin . The grass area of the slice is As At . Therefore,t he total area of 2 6 grass is Ag 6 As At 1.22m2 (3 s.f.). Exercise 2E 1 2 3 a © Oxford University Press 2019 b 4 Worked solutions Exercise 2F 1 a Using 3D version of Pythagoras’ theorem: DF 62 62 10.52 13.5 m. b Let x denote the angle between DF and base ABCD. From trigonometry, FB 10.5 10.5 sin x x sin1 51.1 (3 s.f.) DF 13.5 13.5 c Let y denote the angle between DF and face DCGH. Since AD = GF = 6 m, then sin y 6 6 y sin1 26.4 ( 3.s.f.) 13.5 13.5 2 a Length DF = AC = 3 cm, then the length DI 32 1.52 2.60 cm . Then use trigonometry 12 to find the angle x between DH and base DEF: tan x x 77.8 (3 s.f.) 2.60 b Base ABC is equilateral so, as G and H are midpoints of AB and AC, triangle BGH is equilateral with side length 1.5 cm. Length HI is 12 cm, therefore length GI = 12.1 cm c DG = 1.52 122 1.52 122 12.1 cm. 3 a Angle between AF and the base of the cone is equal to the angle between CF and the base of 5 5 the cone. Let x denote this angle, then tan x x tan1 68.2. 2 2 b The slant height S is worked out by Pythagoras’ theorem: S 52 22 5.39 cm. 120 c First use trigonometry to find the length AC 2 2 sin 3.46 cm. Then use the cosine 2 5.392 5.392 3.462 rule to find AFC cos1 37.5 (3 s.f.). 2 5.39 5.39 4 a Using trigonometry, AC = 2 3 cos20 5.64 cm (3 s.f.) AC2 AB2 112 5.642 12.4 cm (3 s.f.) b By Pythagoras’ theorem, BC = c BCA tan1 11 62.9 (3 s.f.) 5.64 Exercise 2G 1 The total volume of the pool is V 7 4 3 84m3 . The total cost of filling the pool = cost per m3 V 0.15 84 $12.60. 2 The cross section has area Ac 2 1 3 6 18 cm2 . The volume is therefore 2 V 10.4 Ac 187.2 cm3. Mass = 0.71 × V = 132.91 = 133 g (3 s.f.). 3 The volume of the cylinder is Vc 3.22 8.5 273.4 cm3. Each cube has volume Vcube 23 8 cm3. Therefore, integer less than 273.4 34 complete cubes can be made (taking the largest 8 237.4 ) 8 4 Let h denote the height of the water. The volume of water in the vase is 310 V 310 42 h h 6.17 cm (3 s.f.) 16 2800 200 cm2. A regular hexagon is made up of six 14 A 200 cm2. Let L denote the equilateral triangles; in this case each triangle has area At 6 6 5 The hexagonal base has area A © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions length of the side of each of these triangles, then At 2 At 1 2 L sin60 L2 L 8.77 2 sin60 cm (3 s.f.) Exercise 2H 1 a V r 2h 32 23 650 cm3 (3 s.f.) b V 4 3 4 r 23 33.5 cm3 (3 s.f.) 3 3 c 1 2 1 r h 2.12 7.3 33.7 cm3 (3 s.f.) 3 3 V d A sphere with radius 3.1cm has volume V with radius 3.1 cm has volume 4 3.13 124.7 cm3. Therefore a hemisphere 3 V 62.4 cm3 (3 s.f.) 2 e The base area is Ab 8 5 40 cm2. Therefore, the pyramid has volume V 1 Ab 17 227 cm3 (3 s.f.). 3 2 The volume of a cylinder is proportional to its radius squared, therefore doubling the width of the boiler (effectively doubling the radius) would increase the volume by a factor of 2 2= 4. The new volume would be 400L. If the width of the boiler is tripled, the volume would increase by 32=9, the new volume would be 900L. 3 The sphere has mass M 4.1 106 tonnes. Using the fact that 1 cubic meter of copper weighs M 459.1m3. Using the formula for the 8930 kg, we find that the sphere has volume V 8930 volume of the sphere, we find the radius r of the sphere is r 3 3V 4.79m (3 s.f.). 4 Exercise 2I 1 a The curved surface has area Ac 2 2.5 7.3 114.7 cm2 , the ends of the cylinder each have surface area Ae 2.52 19.64 cm2 . The total surface area is A Ac 2Ae 154 cm2 (3 s.f.). b Compute the length of the slanted edge l using Pythagoras’ theorem: l 3.52 122 12.5cm. The surface area of curved section is Ac rl 3.5 12.5 137 cm2 . The surface area of the base is Ab 3.52 38.5cm2. The total surface area is Ac Ab 176 cm2 (3 s.f.) 2 a The cuboid is made of 2 faces of area A1 8 2.5 20m2 , 2 faces of area A2 4 2.5 10m2 and 2 faces of area A3 8 4 32m2. The total area is A 2A1 2A2 2 A3 124m2. b The cuboid lower section contributes a surface area Ac 11 6 11 6 15 6 15 6 11 15 447m2 . The triangular sections each have a hypotenuse of length l 52 5.52 7.433 m and area At 2 1 5 5.5 27.5m2. The 2 titled roof sections each have surface area Ar l 15 111.5m2. The total area is Ac 2 At 2 Ar 755m2 (3 s.f.). © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 3 c The cone section has surface area Ac 4 6 cm2. The curved cylinder section has 2 2 9 3 surface area Acy 3 9 27 cm2. The base has area Ab cm2 . The total 4 2 surface area is Ac Acy Ab 35.25 111cm2 (3 s.f.). 3 A hemisphere with volume V 30 cm3 has radius r 3 3V 2.4286 cm. The curved section of 2 this hemisphere has area Ac 2 r 2. The flat base has surface area Ab r 2. The total surface area is Ac Ab 3 r 2 55.6 cm2 (3 s.f.) 4 a The volume of the cylindrical part is Vc 32 12 108 m3. The volume of the hemispherical cap is Vh 1 4 33 18 m3. The total volume is Vc Vh 126 396m3 . 2 3 b The surface is made of two parts: the curved part of the cylinder, that has area Ac 2 3 12 72 m2 , and the hemispherical cap that has surface area Ah 2 32 18 m2 . The total surface area is Ah Ac 90 283m2 (3 s.f.) . Amount of paint needed is 283 33.3lt . 8.5 Chapter Review 1 A 1 1 ab sin C 90 65 sin105 2830m2 (3 s.f.) 2 2 2 Let x denote the distance between the two aircraft. Using the cosine rule, x2 582 752 2 58 75 cos52 . Therefore, x 60.3 km. (1 d.p.) 3 a The angle between the paths AB and BC is 180 20 160. Also, length AB = 60km, BC = 30km. Therefore, by the cosine rule, AC 2 AB2 BC 2 2 AB AC cos160 AC 302 602 2 30 60 cos160 89 km. (nearest integer) b Using the sine rule: sin CAB sin160 sin160 CAB sin1 30 6.64 (3 s.f.) BC AC 89 4 The sector has area A l 45 52 9.82 cm2. The length of the arc is 360 45 2 5 3.93 cm . (3 s.f.) 360 5 Let denote the angle at the centre of the sector. By the arc length formula, 360 2 r 1.396 1.396 20. Therefore, the sector has area 360 2 4 20 A r2 42 2.79 cm2. 360 360 6 a Each sector is one sixth of the respective circle. AG 2 10 60 10.5 cm (3 s.f.). 360 b The radius of the circle containing BH is r 20 cm. Therefore, BH 2 r 60 20.9 (3 s.f.). 360 c The radius of the circle containing CI is r 30 cm. Therefore, BH 2 r 60 31.4 (3 s.f.). 360 © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions d Arc length is proportional to radius, so BH is double AG , CI is three times AG . DJ is four times AG , i.e. DJ 4 10.5 41.9 cm (3 s.f.) and EK is five times AG, i.e. EK 52.4 cm (3 s.f.). e Area of OFL 7 a i 60 602 1885 cm3 360 Side S 1 cm 2 cm 4 cm 6 24 96 Volume : S 3 1 8 64 Surface area to volume 6 ratio, SA:V : S 6:1 3:1 1.5:1 Diameter D 1cm 2cm 4cm 3.14 12.6 50.3 0.523 4.19 33.5 Surface area to volume 6 ratio, SA:V : :1 D 6:1 3:1 1.5:1 Diameter D x Length L 1cm × 1 cm 1cm × 2 cm 1cm × 4 cm Surface area : 4.71 7.85 14.1 D Volume : L 2 0.78 1.57 3.14 Surface area to volume 2D 4L ratio, SA:V : :1 DL 6:1 5:1 4.5:1 Base side (b) x Length (L) 1cm × 1 cm 1cm × 2 cm 1cm × 4 cm Surface area : 2b2 4bL 6 10 18 Volume : b2L 1 2 4 Surface area to volume 2b 4L :1 ratio, SA:V : bL 6:1 5:1 4.5:1 Surface area : 6S ii 2 2 D Surface area : 4 2 Volume : iii 4 3 3 D 2 2 D 2 DL 2 2 iv b Cells that are small have better SA:V ratio no matter the shape. However, if the cell has to be larger then it’s better to have the shape of a cylinder or a prism rather than cube or sphere, and to grow in length rather than in width. 8 a The cube has volume Vc 6 8 10 480 cm3 . The cutout has volume Vcut 22 8 32 cm3. Therefore, the volume of the bolt is Vb Vc Vcut 480 32 379 cm3 (3 s.f.) © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions b The surface area of the whole cube is Ac 2 6 8 2 8 10 2 6 10 376 cm2. The cutout circles each have area Acut 2 22 8 cm2. The curved section of the cylinder has area Acyl 2 2 10 32 cm2 . The total surface area is A Ac Acyl Acut 376 32 8 451cm2 (3 s.f.) 9 Building A has volume VA 8 10 7.5 600m3. Building B has volume VB 8 22 11 1936m3. The overlap region has volume Vc 8 52 200m3. Therefore, the composite building has volume V VA VB Vc 600 1936 200 2336m3. 10 Let M denote the midpoint of AC . Then the line MB has length LMB 62 22 32 (using Pythagoras’ theorem). Then calculate the length of MD as LMD ADC is therefore L2MB 82 96 . The area of 1 4 96 19.6 cm2 . 2 11 Each pentagon of the dodecahedron is made up of 5 equal triangles, which has one side of 360 length 2cm, and two sides of length x which are either side of a central angle 72. Use 5 1 trigonometry to determine x 1.70 cm. sin36 1 1.702 sin72 1.376 cm2 . Each 2 pentagon is made of five of these triangles and there are 12 pentagons; the total surface area is A 5 12 At 82.6 cm2. The area of one of these triangles is therefore At 12 The large cube has volume Vc 63 216 cm3 . The pyramid to be chopped off has volume 1 1 9 IF JF FK 33 cm3. Therefore the remaining volume is 6 6 2 27 V 216 211.5 cm3. 2 Vp The surface area of the large cube (before removal) is Ac 6 62 216 cm2. The areas of faces FJK, IFK and IJF are the same and equal to Af 1 32 4.5 cm2 . We have to add on the area 2 of IJK, which is an equilateral triangle of side l 32 32 18 . The area of IJK is therefore 1 Acorner 18 18 sin60 7.79 cm2. Therefore, the remaining surface area after pyramid 2 removed is A Ac 3Af Acorner 210 cm2 (3 s.f.). 13 a Attempt to use cosine rule: cos A 2 2 2 195 170 210 2 195 170 M1 0.3443 A1 A1 A 69.9 1 b Area 170 195 sin69.9 2 15600 m2 2 2 M1A1 A1 2 14 AC 560 1200 2 560 1200 cos110 M1A1 AC 1487.7 m A1 Distance required is 560 1200 1487.7 272 m 15 Grazed area 70 852 4410 m2 360 Area of triangle 1 85 300 sin70 11981 m2 2 M1A1 M1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 M1A1 9 Worked solutions Ungrazed area 16 Uses 360 360 162 or 162 16 360 360 82 M1A1 A1 82 200 M1A1 2 360 1 70 85 300 sin70 852 7570 m2. 2 360 82 200 375 17 a 375 M1A1 119 BD2 92 162 2 9 16 cos33 ( BD 9.771 cm) M1A1 AD 9.7712 72 6.816 cm So perimeter 7 9 16 6.816 38.8 cm 1 1 b Total area 6.816 7 9 16 sin33 2 2 18 a b 63.1 cm2 sin A sin67 5.7 6.9 M1A1 A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 A 49.50 A1 B 180 67 49.50 63.5 1 Area 6.9 5.7 sin63.5 17.6 cm2 2 A1 ˆ 40 19 ABD M1A1 A1 BD 5.6 sin115 sin 40 M1A1 BD 7.90 cm A1 AB 5.6 sin25 sin 40 M1 AB 3.68 cm A1 Total length required 2 3.68 5.6 7.90 26.5 cm A1 20 a Volume 2 43 3 272 3 2 3 1 2 r r h 3 3 1 128 144 42 9 3 3 3 M1A1 A1 A1 b Surface area hemisphere 2 r 2 2 42 32 Surface area cone rl 4 9 4 4 97 2 Total surface area 32 4 97 224 2 cm2 © Oxford University Press 2019 M1A1 M1A1 A1 10 Worked solutions 21 a A1A1 1 b Area of one hexagonal face 6 4 4 sin60 24 3 2 M1A1 Therefore volume 24 3 12 288 3 499 cm3 A1 c Total surface area 2 24 3 6 12 4 48 3 288 371 cm2 ˆ 138 Angle AXB ˆ 15 22 a Angle ABX AX 115 sin138 sin15 AX 297.312 AX 297 m b M1A1 A1 M1A1 A1 297 sin27 135 m M1A1 23 a If X is the foot of the vertical line from E , then letting AX x , you have x2 x2 162 M1 x2 128 x 8 2 cos A1 8 2 20 M1 55.6 A1 2 2 b Let Y be the mid-point of BC . Then EY 20 8 336 8 cos 336 64.1 M1A1 M1 A1 ˆ 180 90 55.6 34.4 c From part a, AEX ˆ 2 34.4 68.8 Therefore AEC 2 Ah 16 20 sin55.6 1410 cm3 d V 3 3 1 e A 4 16 202 82 162 2 843 cm2 M1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions Representing and describing data: descriptive statistics 3 Skills check 1 a = 1 child 0 1 2 3 4 b c 2 Mean = 7, Median = 8, Mode = 9, Range = 6. 3 Major gridlines correspond to 1cm. Exercise 3A 1 a Discrete 2 3 b Continuous c Discrete d Discrete e Discrete f Continuous g Continuous h Discrete i j Continuous Continuous Number of sweets Frequency 21 4 22 6 23 5 24 5 25 4 26 1 Height, in metres, h Frequency 2≤h<3 6 3≤h<4 6 4≤h<5 5 5≤h<6 3 © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 4 Weight, in kilograms, w Frequency 0 ≤ w < 10 11 10 ≤ w < 20 8 20 ≤ w < 30 3 30 ≤ w < 40 3 Exercise 3B 1 a Mean = 10.1 Median = 9.0 The most appropriate measures for this case are the mean and the median, because the data is continuous. Mode = 8.6 b Mean = 8.64 Median = 8.5 Mode does not exist c Mean =32.62 Median = 30 The most appropriate measures for this case are both mean and median. This is an example of a continuous data set where mode does not exist. The most appropriate measure for this case is both mean and median as mode is clearly too small. Mode = 15 2 Find the modal class by determining which of the modal classes has the highest frequency. To calculate the mean and median, use mid values of the class intervals. a The modal class: 150 ≤ n < 180 an approximation for the mean: 112 an approximation for the median: 105 b The modal class: 50 ≤ s < 55 an approximation for the mean: 54.4 an approximation for the median: 52.5 c The modal class: 7 ≤ t < 8 an approximation for the mean: 5.86 an approximation for the median: 5.5 As it can be seen from the frequency table, the data in this case is skewed, which is also indicated by the modal class being at the highest end of the range. In this situation, an approximation for the median is the most appropriate measure of the central tendency as it is less affected by the skewed values. The data set is well centred with all three measures agreeing well. Hence, the best measure of the central tendency in this case is the approximate mean which minimises the error for the guess of the next value. The data does not have clear tendency. Best measure to use is the approximation for the median because the modal class is very high. Exercise 3C 1 a Mean = 6.1, median = 5.2, mode = 7.5. Possible outliers of the data set are 17.8 and 25. Excluding them from the calculation of mean and median gives the following values: mean = 4.7, median = 4.8, which are closer together than when the outliers are included. b Mean = 3.5, median = 3.6, mode = 2.5. Possible outlier is 6.1 as it is further away from the rest of the data points. Excluding 6.1 from the data set changes the mean to 3.4 but leaves median unchanged. The mean is now further from the median. Hence, 6.1 is not an outlier. c Mean = 65, median = 62, mode = 62. Possible outlier is 22 as it is further away from the rest of the data points. Excluding 22 from the data set changes the mean to 67 but leaves the median unchanged. Hence, 22 is not an outlier. © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions Exercise 3D 1 a Discrete b It is useful to produce a frequency table of the data. Number of daisies Frequency 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 2 8 2 9 1 11 1 12 3 13 2 15 5 16 2 17 1 18 1 21 1 22 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 34 1 Mean = 13.9 Mode = 15 Median = 14 Since this is a discrete data set, mode is more appropriate measure of the central tendency, although all three measures agree well in this case. c Find standard deviation using the formula σ n 2 1 n xi x : n 7.3 . n i 1 Since the standard deviation shows how the data values are related to the mean, the result indicates that the data points are quite spread out. d Range = 34 – 2 = 32. Interquartile range: Q1 is the Q3 is the 30 1 8th number (a quarter of the data points are below this number): Q1 = 8 4 3 30 1 4 23th number (three quarters of the data points are below this number): Q3 = 17 IQR = 17-8 = 9. 2 a Modal class: 30 ≤ c < 40. b Take middle values of each interval to obtain the estimates: an estimate for the mean: 34 an estimate for the median: 35. c 10.12 Since the standard deviation shows how the data values are related to the mean, the result indicates that the data points are very spread out. 3 60 1 60 1 46th 15th number, Q1 = 25, Q3 is the 4 4 number, Q3 = 35. IQR = 35 – 25 = 10. They are all estimates because they use the mid value of the class intervals. d Variance = 102.3, Q1 is the © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions 3 The new mean is US $3600, the new standard deviation is US $250. When every data point is shifted by an equal amount, the mean shifts by the same amount while standard deviation does not change (data is spread out by the same amount). 4 a Mean = 8.9, median = 10, mode = 12. Since mode is quite a bit higher than the other two measures, the mean and the median are the most appropriate to use. b Standard deviation = 4.10 which shows that the data points have medium spread in relation to the mean. 3 36 1 36 1 28th 9th number, Q1 = 6, Q3 is the 4 4 number, Q3 = 12. IQR = 12 – 6 = 6. Range and IQR are relatively big implying that the data is reasonably spread out. c Range = 14 – 0 = 14. Q1 is the 5 The new mean is 60, the new standard deviation is 6. When each data point is modified by a multiplier, both the mean and the standard deviation is modified by the same amount, i.e. both the location and the spread of the data is changed. 6 a Modal class = 180 ≤ x < 190. b Use mid interval values to estimate both measures: mean 180.2, standard deviation 11.0, so the data are strongly spread out. 7 a Mrs Ginger’s new mean = 84, Mrs Ginger’s new standard deviation = 16; Mr Ginger’s new mean = 80, Mr Ginger’s new standard deviation = 20; Miss Ginger’s new mean = 76, Miss Ginger’s new standard deviation = 24. See questions 3 & 5 for explanations. b New grades: Mrs Ginger Mr Ginger Miss Ginger y 44 30 16 Zoe 70 62.5 55 Ans 92 90 88 8 a Basketball players: mean = 200.8, standard deviation = 10.5; males: mean = 172.3, standard deviation = 10.3. b Basketball players are much taller on average, however both samples have nearly the same standard deviation, so the spread of the data is nearly the same. 9 a Males: mean = $2546.30, standard deviation = $729.78; Females: mean = $2114.58, standard deviation = $635.25. b Male salaries have higher mean and higher spread than female salaries. Exercise 3E 1 a Mean height of the whole school = 155.4. b There are several ways to sample this data. For example, use stratified sampling technique taking an appropriate number of students from each grade: there are 160 students in total, so if a sample of 50 students should be chosen, take 9,9,8,8,8,8 students from grades 7,8,9,10,11,12 respectively. The final answer will differ depending on the random numbers. This method will be unbiased. 2 a Mean age of the 100 people = 25.92 which is well below 60 and the manager should not lose much revenue. b Use a random number generator to obtain 35 numbers between 1 and 100 and average the ages represented by those numbers. The answers will differ. c The result depends on the starting point. Starting with the first number the mean = 26.21. d Usually the systematic sample mean will be closer to the population mean than the random sample mean. However, that depends heavily on the set of the random numbers used. 3 a Mean number of goals scored in all 50 matches = 3.58. b Generate a set of 24 random numbers between 1 and 50. Calculate the mean. c The estimated mean should be reasonably close to the actual mean but the answers can differ. © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions Exercise 3F 1 Theo’s data: Number Frequency 1 8 2 8 3 6 4 7 5 5 6 6 Millie’s data: Number 1 Frequency 7 2 7 3 8 4 5 5 7 6 6 Comment: the distribution of the numbers are similar for both Theo and Millie and the frequencies for each number thrown are very similar. 2 Female data: Number of goals Frequency 0 4 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 3 5 2 6 1 Male data: Number of goals Frequency 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 3 4 3 5 2 6 3 7 1 8 1 The range of the number of goals is bigger for males. The female data is more uniform than male data and more females scored no goals. © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions 3 Frequency table and histogram: a,b Height, in centimetres, h Frequency 140<h≤145 2 145<h≤150 17 150<h≤155 9 155<h≤160 2 160<h≤165 2 c d Use the box-and-whisker plot to determine whether the data is symmetric or not. From the box and whisker diagram, the data is not symmetric. When outliers are excluded, the data is symmetric. 4 a Histogram: bTime in minutes: To find approximate values of the mean, median, LQ and UQ, use the midpoints of the given groups. These are approximations only because the original data have not been given. Mean = 42 Median = 35 LQ = 35 To find median, identify the midpoint of the interval which contains the data point above the 100th point. UQ = 45 Range = 70 Outliers: data points in 60≤x≤90. To find LQ, identify the midpoint of the interval which contains the data point above the 50th point. To find UQ, identify the midpoint of the interval which contains the data point above the 150th point. Data points are spread out between 20 and 90 minutes, hence the approximate range is 90-20=70 mins. To determine the outliers, calculate IQR = UQ-LQ = 45-35 = 10. Then, outliers are the data points below LQ – 1.5 . IQR =20 and above UQ + 1.5 . IQR =60. © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions c Outliers are omitted from the box-and-whiskers graph. Note that median and LQ are equal. d Marcus did worse than 75% of participants, so he may not be satisfied. 5 Boys and girls a Boys: Mean = 6 Median = 6 LQ = 5 UQ = 7 To find the means, multiply the score by its frequency, add up and divide by the number of girls or boys. To find the median, find what score the 26th data point in each of the sets represents. Range = 7 To find the LQ, find what score the 13th data point in each of the sets represents. Girls: To find the UQ, find what score the 38th data point in each of the sets represents. Mean = 6 Median = 6 LQ = 5 UQ = 7 Range = 8 Note, range is the only different parameter between the girls and boys so far. To find the outliers, calculate IQR = UQ − LQ = 7 – 5 = 2. Then, outliers are the data points below LQ – 1.5 . IQR = 2 and above UQ + 1.5 . IQR = 10. Hence, there are no outliers. There are no outliers. b Plots are almost identical apart from the minimum value being different (boys have higher minimum value). c Whilst the boys data is not as symmetrical as that of the girls, both are clearly quite symmetrical. 6 a Time in minutes: Mean = 17 Median = 16 LQ = 12 UQ = 21 Range = 37 Order the data points from the smallest to the largest to find the quartiles. Median is the 18th data point, LQ is the 10th data point and UQ is the 28th data point. Range = 43-6 = 37 To determine the outliers, calculate IQR = UQ-LQ = 21-12=9. Then, outliers are the data points below LQ – 1.5 . IQR =-1.5 and above UQ + 1.5 . IQR =34.5. Hence, the outliers are 35 and 43. Outliers: 35, 43. b . c Since 16 is the median, there are 17 students who took longer to complete the puzzle. (Note, 16 students is also a valid answer, as there are two data points with the value of 16). 7 a Median = 3. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions b IQR = 4 − 2 = 2. c The data is almost symmetrical: the data between UQ and the maximum value are slightly more spread out than between the LQ and the minimum value. 8 Boys Girls a Median = 55 a Median = 65 b IQR = 75-45 = 30 b IQR = 80-50 = 30 c 25% of boys scored between 45 and 55 d because 50% of the 50% girls of the scored boys between scored 65 below and 95 because 100% of the girls scored below 95 e 15 boys scored below 45 (25% of 60). f 45 girls scored above 50 (75% of 60). g Neither of the data sets are perfectly symmetrical. Girls data are symmetrical in the interquartile range, but more spread out between the UQ and the maximum value than between the LQ and the minimum value. Boys data are more spread out between the median and the maximum value than between the median and the minimum value. 9 a Median = 120. b Range = 150 − 80 = 70. c 10 pandas weigh less than 90kg (LQ = 90kg, there are 25% of pandas that weigh less than 90 kg and 25% of 40 is 10). d 50% of pandas weigh between 120 and 160 kg (all the pandas above the median). e 20 pandas weigh between 90 and 130 kg (LQ = 90, UQ = 130, there are 50% of pandas between these values and 50% of 40 is 20). f Since the average weight corresponds with the median of the sample, we can deduce that the distribution of the weight of the pandas is skew with respect to the average weight. g Pandas in the sample must be mostly males because the box plot overlaps more with the range of male pandas weights. Exercise 3G 1 a Upper boundary Cumulative frequency 2 5 4 16 6 39 8 70 10 89 12 97 14 100 b c Median ≈ 6.75 IQR ≈ 3.5 To determine median, LQ and UQ, read off the time for cumulative frequency 50, 25 and 75 respectively. IQR = UQ – LQ = 8.5 − 5 = 3.5 mins. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 55 (median) and (maximum val Worked solutions (In minutes) d 10th percentile = 3 minutes e 5 people 2 a It is possible to use either the frequency table and the midpoints of the intervals or the cumulative frequencies graph to estimate the value of 10th percentile. Use the graph to read off that 11 minutes corresponds to 95th percentile. Upper boundary Cumulative frequency 4 5 8 37 12 78 16 106 20 128 24 140 28 147 32 150 b c Median ≈ 12 IQR ≈ 10 To determine median, LQ and UQ, read off the number of words for cumulative frequencies 80, 40 and 120 respectively. IQR = UQ – LQ = 18 – 8 = 10 words. d e There are no outliers. 22 Outliers would be found below LQ – 1.5 IQR = 8 – 15 = −7 and above UQ + 1.5 IQR = 18 + 15 = 33. 90th percentile corresponds to 160 0.9 = 135 cumulative frequency data point. Read off the number of pages from the graph. f g Adult books because the mean 15 falls inside the interquartile range while the mean 8 does not. 3 a Cumulative frequency graph. © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions b Median ≈ 450 IQR ≈ 205 c To determine median, LQ and UQ, read off the number of visitors for cumulative frequencies 175, 88 and 263 respectively. IQR = UQ – LQ = 555 – 350 = 205 visitors. There are no outliers. Outliers would be found below LQ – 1.5 IQR = 43 and above UQ + 1.5 IQR = 863. d e 90 days. Read off the cumulative frequency for 350 visitors. 4 a Both, the cumulative frequency and box-and-whiskers graphs are useful for analysing this situation. Use cumulative frequency graph to determine the median, LQ and UQ for both boys and girls. Boys: Median=32, LQ=29, UQ= 37. Girls: Median=33, LQ=31, UQ=37. Assume 21 as the lowest and 45 as the highest scores for both girls and boys. b Both graphs suggest fairly similar results. From the cumulative frequency graph it is seen that more boys than girls acquired the lower range scores. From the box-and-whiskers graph it is seen that both data sets are not perfectly symmetric. It is seen that the interquartile range of the boys’ scores is wider than the girls’ scores. The median score of the girls is just above the median score of the boys. © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions c Martin’s score is the lower quartile for the boys, so Martin did better than 25% of the boys. however, Mary’s score is below the lower quartile for the girls, so more than 75% of girls did better than Mary. 5 a Median ≈ 95 IQR ≈ 60 To determine median, LQ and UQ, read off data points for cumulative frequencies 170, 85 and 255 respectively. 90th percentile ≈ 150. IQR = UQ – LQ = 130 – 70 = 60. 0.9*340 = 306. b 6 a There are no outliers. Outliers would be found below LQ – 1.5 IQR = −20 and above UQ + 1.5 IQR = 220. Median ≈ 300 To determine median, LQ and UQ, read off data points for cumulative frequencies 50, 25 and 75 respectively. LQ ≈ 225 UQ ≈ 380 b c Length, l, in cm Cumulative frequency 50 ≤ l < 100 5 100 ≤ l < 150 5 150 ≤ l < 200 10 200 ≤ l < 250 12 250 ≤ l < 300 18 300 ≤ l < 350 15 350 ≤ l < 400 13 400 ≤ l < 450 8 450 ≤ l < 500 4 500 ≤ l < 550 4 550 ≤ l < 600 3 600 ≤ l < 650 2 650 ≤ l ≤ 700 1 d Mean ≈ 312, Standard deviation ≈ 132. Estimates found by using the midpoint of each interval. Exercise 3H 1 a Negative, moderate. b Positive, strong. c Negative, strong. d Positive, weak. e No positive or negative correlation. f No positive or negative correlation (but could split into intervals of strong positive and strong negative correlations). 2 a © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions b There is a strong positive correlation between the heights and the weights of the football players. Hence, the taller the football player, the heavier he or she is expected to be. c The correlation can indicate causation in this case because taller people have more body mass. 3 a b There is a weak positive correlation between the size of the laptop screen and the cost of the laptop. c Since the correlation is weak, the size of the screen has little influence on the cost of the laptop. This can be expected as there are many other factors that contribute towards the price, for example brand, type of the processor, whether or not the screen is touch sensitive. 4 a b There is no visible positive or negative correlation. c The grade for the English test does not influence the grade for the Mathematics test and vice versa. 5 a b There is strong negative correlation between the team’s position in the league and the goals scored. c Position in the league can be influenced by the goals scored. © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions Chapter review 1 a Discrete Number of apples Frequency 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 3 11 1 12 1 b Continuous. Group the data into convenient intervals to produce a frequency table. Lengths, in cm, l Frequency 7≤l≤9 5 9 ≤ l ≤ 11 2 11 ≤ l ≤ 13 2 13 ≤ l ≤ 15 4 c Discrete Size Frequency 33 1 34 2 35 4 36 3 37 4 38 3 2 a Mean = 54.8, median = 56, mode = 32, median and mean are best because this is continuous data. b Mean = 122.25, median = 87.5, mode = 62. Data is very skewed hence it is best to use median in this case. c Mean = 6.42, median = 6, mode = 6. All measures agree well hence it is fine to use any of them. 3 a 50 ≤ l < 60 since frequency is highest for this class. b Use mid values of the intervals to estimate median 55, mean 54.42, standard deviation 11.28. c Histogram: 4 The new mean is 76, the new standard deviation is 14. When each data point is modified by a multiplier, both the mean and the standard deviation is modified by the same amount, i.e. both the location and the spread of the data is changed. 5 The new mean is 13, the new standard deviation is 1. When every data point is shifted by an equal amount, the mean shifts by the same amount while standard deviation does not change (data is spread out by the same amount). 6 a Mean = 32.8, standard deviation = 7.51 which indicates that the data points are reasonably spread out. © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions b Range = 45 – 20 = 25, IQR = Q3 − Q1 = 39 – 27 = 12. c Min = 20, LQ = 27, Median = 34, UQ = 39, max = 45. Then, outliers are the data points below LQ – 1.5 IQR = 9 and above UQ + 1.5 IQR = 57. Min and max are within this range, so there are no outliers. d 7 a Cumulative frequency table: Upper boundary Cumulative frequency 10 8 20 24 30 65 40 119 50 155 60 177 70 194 80 200 b c Read off cumulative frequency 50, 100 and 150 for LQ = 27, Median = 36 and UQ = 48 respectively to give IQR = 21. d 8 a b Strong and positive correlation c It is unlikely that weather is the cause of the increase/decrease of the number of eggs. 9 a 40 x 60 b Use of mid-point correct method 48.3% A1 M1 M1 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions c 22.6 M1A1 d The second class had slightly lower marks on average. R1 Their standard deviation was also lower, meaning their marks were more consistent, or less spread out than the first class. R1 398 10 a M1A1 15.92 g 25 b 13th mouse has weight of 16 g M1 So median is 16 g A1 c d Q1 14 A1 Q3 19 A1 Interquartile range is Q3 Q1 19 14 = 5 M1A1 Q3 1.5 IQ range 19 1.5 5 26.5 g M1A1 11 a Using GDC, mean 23.58 C M1A1 b Using GDC, SD 3.38 C M1A1 c Using GDC, mean 22.83 C M1A1 d Using GDC, SD 5.52 C M1A1 e Tenerife has a higher mean temperature 23.58 C , so on average, temperatures could be said to be higher in Tenerife. R1R1 The standard deviation of Tenerife temperatures 3.38 C is lower than that in Malta, therefore the temperatures can also be said to be more consistent. 12 a 5.25 3 8.25 years b 1.2 years 13 Total population is 65.12 million. 54.8 Number required from England: 5000 4208 65.12 3.10 Number required from Wales: 5000 238 65.12 5.37 Number required from Scotland: 5000 412 65.12 1.85 Number required from Northern Ireland: 5000 142 65.12 14 a 45 15 30 b 37 22 15 c 75% d Interquartile range is 15 Q3 1.5 IQ range 37 1.5 15 59.5 minutes 15 a b c d e Yes, it would count as an outlier 69 50 83 170 Interquartile range is 83 50 33 Q3 1.5 IQ range 83 1.5 33 132.5 R1R1 M1A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 A1 A1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 A1 M1 Q1 1.5 IQ range 50 1.5 33 = 0.5 M1 Therefore 180 is an outlier A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 15 Worked solutions f 16 a b c M1A1A1 A1 M1A1 45 x 60 45 x 60 M1A1A1 d e From graph, 37.5 on y-axis gives median of 55 Interquartile range is approximately 70 40 30 17 a Using GDC, mean = $ 43 600 b Median = th 1 11 1 value 6th value, which is $ 25 000 2 1 11 1 3rd value, which is $ 25 000 4 th 3 UQ = 11 1 9th value, which is $ 80 000 4 IQR = 80 000 25 000 55 000 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 c LQ = M1 A1 d Analyst 8 would use the mean average R1 in order to suggest that their salary of $ 25 000 was significantly below the ‘average’ of $ 43 600 . R1 e The managing director would use the median (or mode) R1 and say that Analyst 8 was already earning the ‘average’ salary of $ 25 000. R1 f Either: In this case, the median would be fairest R1 as there is no one earning a salary close to the mean value of $ 43 600 , and the majority of workers earn the median salary. R1 18 a A random sample is a subset of a population where each member of the subset has an equal probability of being chosen R1 © Oxford University Press 2019 16 Worked solutions A stratified sample is where the population is divided into strata, based on shared characteristics. R1 Random samples of each strata are chosen in the same proportion as the strata found in the population. R1 A systematic sample is where members are chosen from a random starting point and a fixed periodic interval. R1 The interval is the population size divided by the sample size. R1 b i Population size is unknowable, so specific periodic choice of interval is difficult to determine. R1R1 ii Random sampling. R1 It is difficult to split rats into ‘strata’ as they all tend to look (and behave) the same. R1 19 a M1A1A1 Mean height 35.8 cm M1A1 Variance 63.9 cm2 M1A1 SD 7.99 cm M1A1 On average, the neighbour’s garden’s flowers had a slightly lower height compared to Eve’s. R1 However, their standard deviation was smaller, indicating they were grown to a more consistent length. R1R1 611 20 a M1A1 718824 366001 1200 b Geographical location of residents; leisure / work travellers; age (anything appropriate or connected to travel) R1R1 b c d e © Oxford University Press 2019 17 Worked solutions Dividing up sapce: coordinate geometry, lines, Voronoi diagrams 4 Skills check 1 a x 7 2 b x b 5 3 2 3 a 8 1 2 4 8cm Exercise 4A 1 a b 1 2 2 3 3.5 M , M 1.71, 1.92 (3 s.f.) 2 2 1 7 5 8.5 4.2 11 M , , M 3,6.75, 7.6 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 4 , 2 Midpoint of A 2,1 and B 2, 4 is M M 0, 2 2 2 3 1 4 4 , 3 Midpoint of A 1, 4 and B 3, 4 is M1 M1 1,0 . C is the midpoint of A and M1 , 2 2 1 1 4 0 , i.e. C C 0,2 2 2 4 a c B 6,7,0 b A 6,7, 4 6 0 7 0 4 0 7 M , , M 3, ,2 2 2 2 2 Exercise 4B 1 a AB 4 1.5 b AB 1 4 2 2 3 5 5.52 82 9.71 (3 s.f.) 2 2 0 10 3 52 22 72 8.83 (3 s.f.) 2 2 2 By Pythagoras’ theorem, PQ 2 x 3 2 7 5 2 x 3 2 4. By squaring both sides of this expression, we find x 3 4 4 , so x 3 0,i.e. x 3. 2 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 3 We calculate the lengths (and leave as roots for now): AB BC 6 8 2 4 232, AC 2 2 4 8 2 4 6 2 6 2 116. 2 6 4 116. Therefore, as 2 AB2 AC 2 BC 2 , this triangle is a right angles triangle. 4 The diameter of the circle is AB 1 2 2 7 1 9 36 45. The circumference is 2 therefore C AB 21.1(3 s.f.) 5 x = 4 + (4 – 1) = 7 and y = 63 4.5 2 6 a Distance between the aircraft is 20 26 2 25 31 11 12 62 62 12 73 8.54 km (3 s.f.) 2 2 b The radar will be able to detect both aircraft if they are both a distance less than 40km from the station at O 0,0,0 . Using Pythagoras’ theorem, we calculate the aircraft to be distances d1 202 252 112 33.9 , and d2 262 312 122 42.2. Therefore, the radar will be able to detect one, but not both, of the aircraft. Exercise 4C 1 a A has the form A x, 8 ,where x is any number. b A has the form A 3, y ,where y is any number. 2 a M 34 1 2 1 3 3 Stair 1 gradient = b M 27 5 11 2 13 c M 2.2 0.3 2.5 1 1 2.5 1.3 — 1 5 12 10 15 0.5, stair 3 gradient = 0.48, stair 2 gradient = 0.833 20 25 18 a Stair 3 has the greatest gradient b Stair 1 has the least gradient. 4 See solutions 5 a M 1 2 3 0.75 1 3 4 b M 2.5 5 2.5 7.5 1 1 0 3 3 1 units) 3 1 over a single unit distance travelled horizontally, compared to the slope with gradient . 3 6 The slope with gradient −3 is steeper, as the skier changes height more (3 units vs 7 Using the gradient formula, M 0.35 h 10 h 10 . Re-arranging, we find that 490 90 400 h 10 4000.35 150 m. Exercise 4D 1 The point A has co-ordinates A 30,2.5 , so the gradient of the ramp is M 2.5 0 0.0833 (3 30 0 s.f.). Therefore, the ramp does not conform to safety regulations. 2 a,b See solutions c Students should make a decision on the basis of the number of days they plan to work. If they plan to work fewer days than 6 then they should take the city guide job. If they plan to work longer than 6 days, the flower shop will pay more and they should take that job. 3 a The roof run is half the width, i.e 3.5 m. © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions b The roof gradient is M rise 1.6 0.457 (3 s.f.) run 3.5 c The roof does not satisfy the requirements, as the gradient is steeper (larger) than the maximum specified by the regulations (0.457>0.17). 4 a The road has gradient M 5 0.25, so “25%” would be written on the sign. 20 b The road with a sign indicating 15% is the steeper road. c A 15% sign corresponds to a gradient of M 0.15. In the road has horizontal change (run) of 5km, then the rise is M 5 0.75 km. 5 a i ii M 280 0.622 (3 s.f.), so P1 is classified as black (62.2% incline). 450 M 50 0.333 (3 s.f.), so P2 is classified as red (33.3% incline). 150 iii M 48 0 0.155 (3 s.f.), so P3 is classified as green (15.5% incline). 310 0 iv M 56 0 0.244 (3 s.f.), so P4 is classified as blue (24.4% incline). 230 0 b c Use the trigonometric ratio: tan opposite 50 1 1 . So tan1 18.4 (3 s.f.). adjacent 150 3 3 Exercise 4E 1 a y 4 3 x 1 b y 4 5 x 7 d This line has gradient M 2 a c y 3 1 x 1 2 48 2. Therefore, the line has equation y 4 2 x 1 . 1 1 b c © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions 3 a 4 4 y 5 y 4x 13 x 2 b 2 y 2 2x y 4 7 x 7 7 c The gradient is M 10 1 1 y 1 2 , so the line has equation y x 3 2 5 5 x 2 5 5 d The gradient is M 2 0 2 2 y 2 4 y x , so the line has equation 3 x 2 3 3 1 2 3 A 4, 5 has x 4, y 5. Therefore, as – x 9 4 9 5 y, A does sit on the line y x 9. However, 5x 4y 54 45 9, so A does not sit on the line 5x 4y 9. 5 a 1 y 6 4 3 4 7 2 b From the equation of the line, y 9 1 x 4. Hence, x 2 9 4 10 2 Exercise 4F 1 a y 3x 2 b This line has equation M 4 y 5 , which is re-arranged to gradient-intercept form x 1 y 4x 1. 3 1 2 2 y 1 , . Therefore, the equation of the line is 2 1 3 3 x 1 2 5 which is re-arranged to gradient intercept form: y x . 3 3 c The gradient of the line is M 2 a b x-intercept 0,0 , y-intercept = (0,0). y-intercept = 0,3 . Re-arranging the equation of the line gives x x-intercept is ( 5 y 3 , so the 2 15 ,0) . 2 c When x 0, then y 1; the y-intercept is 0,1 . When y 0, then -0.2 x 1,so the x-intercept is 5,0 . 3 a b i Setting x 0in the line equation gives y 1 1 4 4, so the y-intercept is 0, 3 . Setting y 0 gives 1 1 x 4 , so the x-intercept is 3,0 . ii We write (i) as y 1 x 4 1 and equate with (ii): 0.5x 3 1 x 4 1 x 3 . This re-arranges to give 1.5 x 6,with solution x 4. The corresponding y co-ordinate is y 0.5 4 3 1; the intersection point is 4,1 . © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions c The y-intercept of (iii) is 5 (by solving y 5 0). The line (iv) has equation y 3 2 x 1 , which has y-intercept at y 3 2 5 , i.e. the y-intercept is 0,5 therefore they both have the same intercept. 4 a 212 32 9 . Therefore, the line has 100 0 5 9 F 32 5 160 equation . , which may be re-arranged to give C F 5 C 9 9 b The gradient of the line between the points is M c The gradient of the equation in b is 5 9 d The gradient is the amount that the temperature changes, measured in C when the temperature measured in F changes by 1. e The y-intercept is at F f 160 9 The temperature in °C at 0°F. g Using the expression in 4ii) with F 83, we find C = 5 160 85 83 28.3C (3 s.f.) 9 9 3 h Using the expression in 4ii) with C 10, we find -10 = 5 160 F . This re-arranges to give 9 9 9 160 F 10 14. 5 9 i 160 160 5 to both sides of the expression in 4ii) gives C F . Then multiplying both 9 9 9 9 9 sides by gives the expression F C 32 . 5 5 Adding 5 We see that L1 has a gradient M equation y rise 1 . This line goes through O 0,0 and therefore has run 2 1 x. L2: x 1 L3: y 5 . 2 L4 This line passes through A 0, 4 and B 4,0 ,so has gradient M 4 1. The equation of the line is 4 y 0 1 x 4 ,i.e. y x 4. 6 a A 30 0.02x b The gradient is 0.02, which represents the amount Maria ears (in USD) per dollar spent in the restaurant. c The y-intercept is 30. It represents the amount Maria would earn in a day if no food was sold. © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions d e Using the formula in 6i) with x 2400, we find A 30 0.022400 78 USD. Exercise 4G 1 a −1 b Gradient is undefined (line is parallel to the y axis) c This line can be re-arranged to y 1 5 x . The gradient of any line parallel to it is therefore 3 3 1 . 3 d 2 5 2 a The line has a gradient of -3, so any line perpendicular to it has gradient M b By re-arranging as y 1 1 . 3 3 x 1 , the gradient is seen to be . Therefore, any line perpendicular to 8 8 it has gradient M 1 8. 1 8 c The line y = −3 has a gradient of 0, so any line perpendicular to it has an undefined gradient. d 3 a 2 1 3 The line has gradient M , so any line perpendicular to it has gradient M . 3 M 2 L1has gradient M1 4 7 2 0 1 3, L2 has gradient M2 .Since M1 M2 1, L1and L2 are 0 1 3 3 3 perpendicular. b The equation of L1 can be re-arranged to y L2 has gradient 0.25 c 1 3 1 x : L1has gradient M1 . As 4 2 4 1 , these lines are parallel. 4 2 . L2 can be re-arranged to y 3x 12, which has gradient M2 3. 5 Therefore, these lines are neither parallel nor-perpendicular. L1 has gradient M1 y 3 has gradient M 2. These 2 y two lines are not parallel, so must have a point of intersection. Putting x 5 in x 3 2 gives y 4 : the intersection point is 5, 4 . 4 The line x 5 has an undefined gradient and the line x © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 5 Using the gradient formula M 1 5 — 3 2 . The solution of this equation is s 4. 3 s 2 s 2 6 The line of the new street has gradient M so the line has equation 1 7 . The new street has a point B 1, 0.2 , 2 2 7 7 y 0.2 7 37 x (or y in gradient-intercept form) 2 x 1 2 10 1 0 1 30 23 1 2 1 , MBC 1, MCD , MDA 1. 3 2 5 52 0 5 5 03 Therefore, the lines between AB an CD are parallel and those between BC and DA are parallel: the quadrilateral is a parallelogram. 7 The gradient of the sides are MAB Exercise 4H 1 a Bernard is at a point with x 50, y 75. Since on the line with equation y 1 x 100 25 100 75 y, then Bernard is 2 1 x 100. 2 1 x 100. The solution to the 2 second equality is x 340, from which we use the first equality to find y 340 410 70. b At the point of intersection x, y ,we have y x 410 2 a The line joining A 2,2 and B 4,6 has gradient M 62 2 4 2 6 2 and midpoint m , m 3, 4 . The 42 2 2 perpendicular bisector therefore has equation y 4 y 1 x 3 or (equivalently) 2 1 11 x . 2 2 b The line through C and D has gradient -1, so the equation of the perpendicular bisector through 2,1 is y 1 y 1 1 x 2 x 1 1 3 8 3 x ; the gradient is . Therefore, the line 5 5 5 5 through 2, 4 intersecting 3x 5y 8 0 at a right angle has equation y 4 x 2 . Lines 3 3 The point gradient form of the line is y intersect at (−1, −1) and distance to hotel is 2 1 4 The gradient of the line between A and B is m m 2 4 1 34 5.83 . 2 7 , so the perpendicular bisector has gradient 6 6 3 . The midpoint of A and B is M 5, . Therefore, the perpendicular bisector of A and 7 2 3 6 x 5 . Since every point on this line is equidistant to A and B, then 2 7 we find the location of the school finding the intersection of this line with the line on which the school sits: 7y x 4 . By solving these equations simultaneously, one finds the point B has equation y 6.36,0.337 . © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions 5 Every point on the perpendicular bisector of AB is equidistant to points A and B, and every point on the perpendicular bisector of AC is equidistant to points A and C. Therefore, the intersection of these bisectors is equidistant to points A, B and C. The equation of the perpendicular bisector of line through AB has gradient 1 4 1 3 3 MAB 1, (as MAB 1). The midpoint of AB is mAB , . Therefore, the MAB 4 1 2 2 perpendicular bisector of AB has equation y 3 3 x y x 3. 2 2 Similarly, for AC: Note that A and C have the same y co-ordinate, so the perpendicular bisector has the form xk 1 7 3. 2 These two perpendicular bisectors intersect at D 3,0 , which is equidistant to A, B and C. Exercise 4I 1 a b 2 a and c b Bookstore A d Bookstore D Exercise 4J 1 a The intersection of the perpendicular bisectors will be a vertex in the Voronoi diagram. It will be equally distant from A, B, and C and the centre of a circle passing through the three points. Hence the position of the solution to ‘the toxic waste problem’. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions b y = −5x + 21 and y = 2.5 c (3.7, 2.5) d 2.75km 2 a i y = x – 10 ii y = -2x + 140 c i 0.24 ii 0.33 d i (50,40) ii 31.6m b Chapter Review 1 a For example, 2x 2y 4,y 2 x, 3x 3y 6 0 b For example, y 2x 19 0,2y 6 4 x 8 , y 2x 19 c For example, 2x 4y 1 1 1 0,12x 24y 2, y x 3 2 12 2 a At the intersection point x, y , we have y 1 x 7 5x 10. Re-arranging the second 2 equality gives 9 34 1 34 17 80 x 17 x . Then y 7 7 2 9 2 9 9 7 b Setting y 0 in y 1 x 4 re-arranges to give x 5 : the intersection is at 5,0 . c The equation of the second line is equivalent to (multiplying whole expression by -4): x 4y 8. Adding this expression to the equation of the first line gives –x 3y x 4y 2 8 10 7y 10 y 10 . The corresponding value of 7 16 10 x is x 8 4y 8 4 7 7 3 Calculate gradients of the edges: 3 1 4 0 3 3 4 0 4 4 1 3 mML , mLT , mTH , mHM . This quadrilateral has two 12 3 5 1 4 2 5 3 22 4 sets of parallel edges which are perpendicular to one another, so it’s a square or a rectangle. The lengths of the sides are ML 1 2 2 3 1 25 5, LT 2 0 3 2 5 1 5 : two 2 perpendicular edges have equal length so this is a square. 1 21 1 21 x intersect where x 3 x x 5. The 8 8 8 8 corresponding y value is y 2 : these lines intersect at P1 5, 2 . 4 a Lines with equations y x 3, y 5 1 5 1 21 x intersect where x 3 x x . The 6 2 6 2 11 12 21 12 : these lines intersect at P2 , corresponding y value is y . 11 11 11 Lines with equations y x 3, y 5 1 1 21 5 1 1 21 x ,y x intersect where x x x 3. 6 2 8 8 6 2 8 8 The corresponding y value is y 3 : these lines intersect at P3 3, 3 . Lines with equations y © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions 2 2 2 2 21 12 34 34 b Using Pythagoras’ theorem: the length P1P2 5 2 4.37 11 11 11 11 (3 s.f) The length P1P3 5 3 2 2 3 82 12 8.06 (3 s.f) 2 2 2 2 2 21 12 54 45 The length P2P3 3 3 6.39 (3 s.f) 11 11 11 11 c The perimeter of the triangle is the sum of the lengths of the sides: 4.37 8.06 6.39 18.8 (3 s.f. ) 5 a km per hour = b Maria walks at rise 6 3 0.75 (using the points 8,6 and 4,3 ) run 8 4 5 3.125 km per hour; Maria walks faster as she covers more distance per 1.6 unit hour. 3 and passes through 4 3 B 4,3 , so the equation of the line is y x. 4 c Petya’s line has gradient Maria’s line has gradient 3.125 and also passes through B,so the equation of the line is y 3.125x 9.5. 6 a Incorrect. The line has y-intercept of -3, but gradient M equation is y rise 2 1 . The correct run 10 5 1 x 3. 5 b Incorrect. The correct equation is y 5. c The gradient intercept form of the equation is y 4 2 x . The line in the figure has 11 5 83 5 , which is consistent with the given equation. The sketched line also 4 1 2 has a y-intercept of , so the equation 20x 55y 22 does describe the line in the figure. 5 gradient m 7 a line has gradient of 1 1 1 , and passes through 0,0 , so has equation y 0 x 0 y x. 4 4 4 b Line has gradient 0.5 1 1 x 1 , and goes through 3, 1 , so has equation y 1 x 3 y . 3 6 6 6 2 8 a The line x 3y 0 has gradient 1 1 M . Therefore, any line perpendicular has gradient 3. The specific perpendicular 3 M line through 3,2 has equation y 2 3 x 3 y 3x 11 1 1 . A line with this gradient 3 3 1 1 7 passing through 1,1.5 has equation y 1.5 x 1 y x . 3 3 6 b Any line perpendicular to y 3x 0.75 has gradient M 9 a i 120 20 100 5 . A line 220 60 160 8 5 5 35 . with this gradient passing through A has equation y 20 x 60 y x 8 8 2 The line through A 60,20 and B 220,120 has gradient MAB © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions ii 60 220 20 120 mAB , mAB 140,70 2 2 iii The perpendicular bisector has gradient 1 8 and passes through MAB 5 mAB , so has equation y 70 b i ii 8 8 x 140 y x 294 5 5 40 20 20 1 . A line 240 60 180 9 1 1 40 . with this gradient passing through A has equation y 20 x 60 y x 9 9 3 The line through A 60,20 and C 240, 40 has gradient MAC 60 240 20 40 mAC , mAC 150,30 2 2 iii The perpendicular bisector has gradient 1 9 and passes through MAC mAC , so has equation y 30 9 x 150 y 9x 1380 c i The line through B 220,120 and C 240, 40 has gradient MAC 40 120 80 4. A 240 220 20 line with this gradient passing through A has equation y 40 4 x 240 y 4x 1000. c ii 220 240 120 40 mAC , mAC 230,80 2 2 c iii The perpendicular bisector has gradient 1 1 and passes through MAC 4 mAC , so has equation y 80 1 1 45 x 230 y 4 x 2 4 d T sits at the intersection of any two of the perpendicular bisectors. Solving 1 45 5430 5430 2190 y 9x 1380 x 1380 gives x , and y 9 4 2 37 37 37 e At T, a wind turbine is equidistant to A, B and C. The length 2 2 5430 2190 MAT 60 20 95.2 m (3.s.f). Therefore, a wind turbine at point T 37 37 would meet the regulations. f Area of function = 3 25 17671 17700 m2. 2 10 a © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions 42 1 . The perpendicular bisector of A and D has 82 3 1 8 2 4 2 3 and passes through m gradient , m 5,3 . Therefore, the M 2 2 b Line between A and D has gradient M perpendicular bisector has equation y 3 3 x 5 . Setting y 4 in this gives 4 3 3x 15 x c i 21 1 3 ii 19 14 . 3 5 6 iv 23 iii 15 5 6 Yes, B can support 11 Let B (x, y, z) M1 x4 y 6 7 x 10 , 3 y 12 , 2 2 z 10 5 z 20 2 B 10,12, 20 A1A1A1 A1 12 L has gradient of 3 i Neither, gradient is M1 A1 1 3 ii Parallel, gradient is 3 iii Neither, gradient is 2 iv Perpendicular, gradient is 1 3 A1 A1 A1 v Perpendicular, gradient is 1 3 A1 13 a 11 3 5 8 3 M , ) (1, 2 2 2 b gradient M1A1 3 8 5 53 8 M1A1 8 5 c i ii y A1 8 11 11 8 39 8 39 x c through (1, ) c c , equation is y x 5 2 5 10 2 5 10 14 a Length of lift BP= 5002 4002 3002 707m(3 s.f.) b Length of lift PQ= 900 500 2 So total distance is 1307 1.31 103 m(3 s.f.) 15 a V 500000 50000t b 125000 500000 50000t t 7.5 Time is 3:30 p.m. c 500000 50000t 800000 10000t t 6 Time is 2:00 p.m. a 16 a L1 is 3y ax 9 with gradient of 3 a 3 9 a Require 3 2 2 b Intersection is (3.23,1.85)(3 s.f.) 17 a 2 6 5 2 6 3 2 3 5 126 2 2 2 3 5 6 70 8.37(3 s.f.) b c i M1A1 600 400 700 300 600m 2 M 1.5,2.5,3 M1A1 2 M1A1 A1 A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 A1 A1 R1A1 A1A1 M1A1 M1A1 A1 ii Triangle AMB is isosceles. Let Q be the midpoint of AB 70 QB 2.5 , BM 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 R1 A1A1 12 Worked solutions sin QMB 2.5 70 QMB 36.69... 2 A1 AMB 73.4 (3 s.f.) 18 a 1200 a r 500 a r 765 A1A1 315 1200 a 765 378000 315a 382500 765a 450a 4500 500 a 315 M1 a 10 A1 r 765 9 0.643 1190 14 3 s.f. M1A1 9 1086.43 (2 d.p.) Euros 14 19 a Minimum distance is the perpendicular distance Gradient of road is 1 so line ST has gradient 1 y x c through 80,140 c 220 b (1200 500 10) Intersection of y x 220 and y x 80 is S 150,70 . b M1A1 ST 150 80 2 70 140 99.0 (3 s.f.) km 2 M1A1 R1 R1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 20 a A2 b 102 4 2 78.5 m (3 s.f.) M1A1 c d Square of side 5 has area of 25 m2 102 25 72.3m2 (3 s.f.) e 4 4 f 4 © Oxford University Press 2019 A4 M1A1 M1A1 A1 13 Worked solutions 5 Modelling constant rates of change: linear functions Skills check 1 a 10 2x x multiply by 2 10 3x add 2x x b x 2 5x 10 3 divide by 3 x x 4 2x 4 add x x 2 divide by 2 2 3 y 2x 4 Exercise 5A 1 a One-to-many c Many-to-one b One-to-one d One-to-many e Many-to-many 2 a R1 is a function as every independent variable is mapped to one and only one dependent variable. b R2 is not a function as the input value 1 is mapped to two distinct output value (6 and 4). c R3 is a function as every input value is mapped to one and only one output value. 3 a R(−1)=(−1) + 1 = 2, R(0) = −0 + 1 = 1, R(0.5) = −0.5 + 1 = 0.5, R(1) = −1 + 1 = 0, R(2) = −2 + 1 = −1. B 1,0,0.5,1,2 . b R(−1) = 2(1 + −1) = 2(0) = 0, R(0) = 2(1 + 0) = 2(1) = 2, R(0.5) = 2(1 + 0.5) = 2(1.5) = 3, R(1) = 2(1 + 1) = 2(2) = 4, R(2) = 2(1 + 2) = 2(3) = 6. B 0,2,3, 4,6 . c R(−1) = (−1)2 + 1 = 1 + 1 = 2, R(0) = 02 + 1 = 1, R(0.5) = 0.52 + 1 = 0.25 + 1 = 1.25, R(1) = 12 + 1 = 2, R(2) = 22 + 1 = 4 + 1 = 5 B 1,1.25,2,5. 4 a x 1 . x b R is a function as every input value is mapped to one and only one output value c R 2 1 . 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions d R a 1 3 a multiply by a 1 3a a 5 a b 1 3 divide by 3 y 1 1. 3 The output is 1 when the input is 1. y x3 64 x 3 64 take the cube root x 4 If the output is −64 then the input is −4. c x = −1, y = (−1)3 = −1, x = 0, y = 03 = 0, x = 1, y = 13 = 1, x = 2, y = 23 = 8, x = 3, y = 33 = 27, x = 4, y = 43 = 64. B 1, 0, 1, 8, 27, 64 . d The mapping y = x3 from A to B is a function since every input value is mapped to one and only one output Exercise 5B 1 a x = −1, y = −1 + 3 = 2, x = 0, y = 0 + 3 = 3, x = 1, y = 1 + 3 = 4, x = 2, y = 2 + 3 = 5. Range is 2,3, 4,5. b Range is y : 2 y 5 . c Range is R . 2 a i ii b x 1, y 2 1 3 2 3 5 . x 3, y 2 3 3 6 3 3. y 2 2x 3 1 2x subtract 3 2x 1 multiply by 1 x 1 2 divide by 2 c d Range of the function is y : 3 y 5. 3 b and d are both functions as every input value is mapped to one and only once output. a, c and e all have at least one input which is mapped to at least two distinct output elements so do not correspond to functions. 4 a The domain is 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, 2, 4 and the range is 2, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 . b The domain is x : 8 x 6 and the range is y : 4 y 3 . c The domain is x : 7 x 9 and the range is{y : 0 y 4} . d The domain is x : 7 x 7 and the range is{y : 4 y 3} . e The domain is x : 2 x 1 and the range is y : 2 y 2 . © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions 5 a i True ii False iii True b i True ii False iii True c i True ii True iii False d i True ii True iii False e i False ii True iii True 6 a If −3 = 2x + 1 then 2x = −4 and x = −2. If −2 = 2x + 1 then 2x = −3 and x = −1.5. If −1 = 2x + 1 then 2x = −2 and x = −1. If 0 = 2x + 1 then 2x = −1 and x = −0.5. If 1 = 2x + 1 then 2x = 0 and x = 0. If 2 = 2x + 1 then 2x = 1 and x = 0.5. The domain is 2, 1.5, 1, 0.5, 0, 0.5 b x x x x then x 6. If 2 then x 4. If 1 then x 2. If 0 then x 0. 2 2 2 2 x x If 1 then x 2. If 2 then x 4. 2 2 If 3 The domain is 6, 4, 2, 0, 2, 4. c If 3 x 2 then x 5. If 2 x 2 then x 4. If 1 x 2 then x 3. If 0 x 2 then x 2. If 1 x 2 then x 1. If 2 x 2 then x 0. The domain is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 7 a The relation is a function since every input value is mapped to one and only one output value. b The domain is t : 0 t 2 the range is V : 0 V 4. The domain is the period of time in which the persons temperature is not optimal. The range is the various differences in temperature between the persons temperature and the optimal temperature. c 0.2,3.6 , 0.8,2.9 , 1.5,2 , 2,0. d 40o C . e 2 hours. f The temperature increased in the first half an hour. The temperature of the person decreased between half an hour and 2 hours. Exercise 5C 1 a The average temperature on the second of January was 25o C. b The domain is 1, 2, 3, , 31 . c An estimate for the range is y : 20 y 28 . 2 a The independent variable is x. b i ii f 2 10 4 2 10 8 2. 1 1 f 10 4 10 2 12. 2 2 c f 2.5 10 4 2.5 10 10 0. d f x 6 10 4x 3 a 4x 16 subtract10 x4 divide by 4 g 10 100 2 10 100 20 80. b i g 0 100 2 0 100. 0,100 . © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions ii g x 100 2x 0. 2x 100 subtract100 x 50 divide by2 50,0 iii g x 100 2x 50 2x 50 subtract100 x 25 divide by2 25,50 c 4 a i b i c 5 ii −3 x 0 ii x 3 {x 3} 5 a i iv b ii iii v Graphs i,ii,iiiand v are functions. c Any straight line that has a gradient, so is not vertical, can represent a function. A vertical line cannot represent a function. 6 a Every value of t is mapped to one and only one value of N. b The independent variable is t. The dependent variable is N. c 4 d 8 e 12 f t :16 t 20 g The range is N : 4 N 128 © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 7 a C 30 150 5 30 150 150 300 , $300 b C 72 150 5 72 150 360 510 $510 c C k 1275 150 5k 5k 1125 subtract150 k 225 divide by5 225 kilometres. 8 a v 0 50 8 0 50ms1. This is the initial speed. b v 2 50 8 2 50 16 34ms1. c v t 15.6 50 8t d 34.4 8t subtract50 t 4.3s divide by 8 v t 0 50 8t. So 8t 50. t 6.25. The body comes to rest at 6.25 seconds. Exercise 5D 1 a Linear 2 a i b Linear c Non-linear d Linear The independent variable is time, which is measured in hours, the dependent variable is price, which is measured in dollars. ii A linear relation does exist between the time, t, and the price, P(t). The rate of change is $12.50 per hour. b i The independent variable is time, measured in years, while the dependent variable is the population of fish. ii No linear relation, rate of change is not constant. c i The independent variable is price of purchase, in euros, while the dependent variable is amount of VAT, in euros. ii A linear relation does exist. The rate of change is 0.22 cents per euro. d i ii 3 a i b i iii The independent variable is temperature, measured in °C, the dependent variable is the number of passes sold. A linear relationship does exist, the rate of change is 8 passes per degree. Increasing ii Increasing iii Decreasing iv Neither ii iv © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions 4 Calculate the rate of change between successive values of x : Between 1 and 3 : Between 5 and 7 : m m 62 4 2. 3 1 2 15 10 5 2.5. 75 2 These are different so the function is not linear as it does not have a constant rate of change. 5 a 8 6.5 5 1.5 0.75 3 1 2 b m c f 1 0.75 1 c 5 find c c 5 0.75 4.25 by subtracting0.75 f 0 0.75 0 4.25 4.25 6 a m 1150 1000 150 50. 2019 2016 3 N 1 1000 50 1 c So c 950. A model for the number of students in the school is N t 50t 950. b 7 a N 0 50 0 950. So the number of students in the school in 2015 is 950. m 1 5 4 1. 5 1 4 f 1 1 1 c 5. c 6. So the formula for f x x 6. b 8 a f 3 3 6 3 6 9. 120ms1 b 8seconds 0 120 120 15. The rate of change of velocity with respect to time is 15ms 2. 80 8 c m d v 0 m 0 c c 120. A model for v is v t 15t 120. Exercise 5E 1 a Any point, e.g. (9,12) c u 0 4 0 c c 0. 3 u x 4 x 3 d i b m 12 0 4 4 . Gradient is . 90 3 3 The exchange rate is that £1 $1.33 © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions ii 100 4 x. 3 x 75 $100 £75 2 a b 8 1.6. 5 a k 0 0 m c 0. k m 1.6m. Exercise 5F 1 a x 1 f x g x 2x x 1 subtract x y 1 1 2. substitute x to find y Point of intersection is 1, 2 . b 2x 3 f x g x 1 4x 6x 3 1 add 4x 6x 2 subtract3 x y 1 3 7 3 divide by6 substitute x to find y 1 7 Point of intersection is , 3 3 2 a b 800 2p 3p. 800 5p p 160. Equilibrium point when p $160. 160 S 160 480. c D(100) = 800 – 200 = 600. S(100) = 3(100) = 300. When the price is $100 the demand is twice the supply. d D(250) = 800 −2(250) = 300. S(250) = 750. When the price is $250 the supply is 2 and a half times the demand. 3 a i 5 100 500. $500 ii 150 2.30 100 150 230 380. $380. b For option A the total cost is A x 5x. For option B the total cost is B x 2.3x 150 c 5k A k B k 2.3k 150. 2.7k 150. 27 1500 © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions k 4 a 500 . 9 k is 500 kilometres . 9 g 5 9 5m 3. 12 5m m 2.4. b g x 0 2.4x 3 24x 30 0 x 1.25 g x intersects the x axis at the point 1.25,0 . Exercise 5G 1 a All three functions have an inverse as every distinct input value is mapped to a distinct output value, so they are one-to-one. b The inverse to function b is k p 2.2 The inverse to function c is R 100 P. 85 The inverse to function d is W 0.9V. 2 a Does not have an inverse as two numbers, −2 and 2, are mapped to 4, so it is not one-toone. b Has an inverse as every distinct input is mapped to a distinct output, so it is one-to-one. c Has an inverse as every distinct input is mapped to a distinct output, so it is one-to-one. d Does not have an inverse as both −1 and 1 are mapped to 2, so it is not one-to-one. 3 a f 1 exists as f is one to one. b i ii 1 5 iii 3 iv −3 c 4 a B, C and D are all one-to-one as every distinct value of x is mapped to a distinct value of y. A is not one-to-one as every value of x is mapped to the same value of y. b A linear function with a non-zero gradient will have an inverse, while any linear function with a gradient of zero will not have an inverse. 5 a A x : 2 x 1 b B y : 1 y 2 c f is a one to one function as it has a positive gradient. d i 2 ii 0 iii 0 iv −2 6 a False: a many to one function sends two inputs to the same output. An inverse function would only be able to send this output to one of the inputs, so an inverse does not exist. Only one to one functions have an inverse. b False: The linear function y = 3 on the domain {x: 0 ≤ x ≤ 1} is a many to one function that does not have an inverse. Exercise 5H 1 C 1 8 4 . This is the radius of a circle with a circumference of 8. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 2 a b c 3 a b b 2.5. c Function Domain Range f 0 x 3 2.5 y 5 f 1 2.5 x 5 0y 3 d e f 1 x 0.4x 2 f x 2.5x 5 2.1x 3 x 10 7 y 4 10 2 7 7 10 10 The point on both lines is , . 7 7 4 a The domain is x : 1 x 2 and the range is y : y 0 b 1 x f 0 2. c Decreasing d b 13, 21, 34 c 17, 23, 30 5 6 7 , , 6 7 8 g 0, -25, -50 Exercise 5I 1 a 23, 28, 33 e −1, 1, -1 2 a 2, 3, 4 f b 4, 7, 10 c 2, 4, 8 © Oxford University Press 2019 d 16, 32, 64 d 3.5, 3, 2.5 9 Worked solutions 3 a un n2 4 a u6 3 4 6 1 3 4 5 23 b b un n3 c un n d un 2 n un 3 4 n 1 207 4 n 1 204 n 1 51 n 52 c un 111 3 4 n 1 108 4 n 1 27 n 1 n 28 d 400 3 4 n 1 397 4 n 1 397 is not a multiple of 4, so 400 is not a term in the sequence. Exercise 5J 1 a 6d 1 10 9 d 1.5 b 2 a b u15 10 14 1.5 10 21 11 b1 1 2 1 3, b2 2 4 1 10, b3 3 6 1 21. b2 b1 7, b3 b2 11. The difference between consecutive terms is not the same, so it is not arithmetic. 3 a un 5 4 n 1 b 116 5 4 n 1 111 4 n 1 Not a term as 111 is not a multiple of 4. 4 a b 12 u1 2d. 7d 28. 40 u1 9d . d 4. Take the difference of both equations in part a u1 12 2 4 12 8 4. d 4 c u100 4 99 4 400. 5 a During the second year there were 95 employees and during the third year there were 105 employees. b 175 c 285 85 10 n 1 200 10 n 1 n 1 20 The company will have 285 employees after 20 years 6 a un 55 3 n 1 b u12 55 3 12 1 55 33 22. c 0 55 3 n 1 $22 n 1 18.3333 © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions Pablo makes his last payment in the20th month d u19 55 3 19 1 55 54 1 The final payment is for $1. 7 a an 2.6 1.22 n 1 b a28 2.6 1.22 28 1 2.6 32.94 35.54. c 84 2.6 1.22 n 1 35.54m. 81.4 1.22 n 1 n 1 66.7 The tree will reach this heigh in the year 2065 8 a −25 b a10 1000 9 25 1000 225 775. c an 1000 25 n 1 225 1225 25 n 1 n 1 49 There are 50 terms in the sequence. 9 a The difference between successive terms is constant. b 2 c −2 d un 2 2 n 1 . e u20 2 2 20 1 2 2 19 2 38 36 20,36 does lie on this graph. 10 a Pattern 5 requires 16 sticks and pattern 6 requires 19 sticks. b un 4 3 n 1 . u20 4 3 20 1 4 57 61. Pattern 20 needs 61 sticks. c un 127 4 3 n 1 123 3 n 1 n 1 41 Pattern 42 uses 127 sticks. 11 a The common difference is 2. un 1 2 n 1 . 61 1 2 n 1 . 60 2 n 1 30 n 1 There are 31 terms in the series. Exercise 5K 1 S17 17 30 8 17 19 323 2 15 17 1 0.5 17 2 2 2 S20 20 2 6 20 1 3 10 12 57 10 45 450 2 3 S30 30 2 8 30 1 8 15 16 232 3720 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions 4 a d 62 52 10. n 1 462 52 41. 10 There are 42 terms. b 5 a b 42 52 462 10794 2 S42 Sn n 2 7 n 1 2 5500 n 2 7 n 1 2 11000 7n2 5n 7n 275 n 40 0 So S40 5500 Sn n 8 3 n 1 2 b S10 10 8 3 10 1 5 8 27 5 19 95 2 c 250 6 a n 11 3n 2 3n2 11n 500 0 n 11 2 112 4 3 500 14.87 23 n 15 is the smallest n with Sn 250 7 a b 8 a u10 3 0.5 10 1 3 4.5 7.5. 7.5km 15 2 3 0.5 15 1 97.5. 2 S15 2d 14 5 9. 97.5km d 4.5 b a 5 4.5 9.5. b 14 4.5 18.5 c S10 10 2 5 4.5 10 1 252.5 2 d Sn n 10 4.5 n 1 500 2 9n2 11n 2000 0 n 11 2 112 4 9 2000 14.308 29 n 15 is the smallest such value of n. 9 a 2k 1 d k 10. k 10 d k 1 3k 9 2k 11 5k 20 k 4 b 9, 6, 3 c −3 d S20 20 2 9 3 20 1 390 2 10 a 10, 13, 16 b x 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions c x 2 10 2 3 x 3 2 520 1040 x 2 3x 11 3x2 5x 1062 0 3x 59 x 18 0 x 18 Exercise 5L 9000 0.05 3 1350. $1350 b 10000 0.085 1.5 1275. $1275 1 a c 2 6500 0.07 41 1554.58 $1554.58 12 9000 x 0.075 7 x 17142.86 $17142.86 3 8000 r 5 1840 r 0.046 4.6% interest 4 8600 0.065 t 8600 t 15.38 16 years 5 Interest paid after n years is 1000 × 0.003n = 3n. So, the final amount is, 1000 + 3n. Therefore, the statement is false. Exercise 5M 1 a b X 9 5 2 0.5 0.1 y 1 5 8 9.5 9.9 y x 10 x x : 0 x 10 c i ii y : 0 y 10 d e The rate of change is −1. This means that for every centimetre the base increases, the height decreases by the same amount. 2 a Width(xm) 5 8 20 34 Length(ym) 60 54 30 2 b © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions Linear modal c y 70 2x d It is not reasonable as a width of 36m would require more than 72m fence. e The domain is x : 0 x 35 and the range is{y : 0 y 70} 3 a b Linear model because the three points seem to lie on a straight line. c From GDC, S 0.888x 6.14 d The model fits the data well. e i S 7 0.8875 7 6.225 12.4 $12.4 million ii S 15 0.8875 15 6.225 19.5 $19.5million Chapter review © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions 1 a R 3, 1 , 2, 2 , 1,1 , 0,2 , 1,2 , 2,0 b Every value of x is mapped to one and only one value of y. c 3, 2, 1,0,1,2 d 2, 1,0,1,2 2 a Not a function: fails vertical line test. b A function: every value of x is mapped to one and only one value of y. c A function: every value of x is mapped to one and only one value of y. d Not a function: fails vertical line test. One to one ii x : 5 x 5 iii y : 5.5 y 9.5 b i Many to one ii x : x 4 iii y : 8 y 8 c i Many to one ii x : 3 x 4 iii y : 2 y 3 d i Many to one ii x : 2 x 1 iii y : 2 y 2 3 a i 4 a 12 2m b. 10.5 5m b 1.5 3m m 0.5. 12 1 b. b 13. m 0.5. b f 3 0.5 3 13 1.5 13 11.5 c 3 0.5c 13. c 20 5 a x : 3 x 4 b f 3 2 3 5 6 5 11 c 4 2x 5 2x 1 x 0.5 d e 6 y : 3 y 11 5, 4, 0, 2.5, 0 7 a R b c R d i f 1 0.5 1 3 2.5. A is on the graph. © Oxford University Press 2019 15 Worked solutions ii 8 a i b i f 100 0.5 100 3 50 3 47. B is not on the graph. −1 ii 1 iii 1 4 and −4 ii 0 iii −7 c −8 d 9 a {x : 5 x 5} T x 150 2.5x b T(6) = 150 − 2.5(6) = 150 – 15 = 135. This is the amount on the card after the card has been used 6 times. c 105 150 2.5x 2.5x 45. x 18. Therefore it has been used 18 times. d i 0 150 2.5x. x 60 The domain of the function is 0, 1, 2, 3, ,60 ii 10 a The range of the function is 150, 147.5, 145, 0 m 80 200 40. 10 7 d 10 40 10 c 80. c 480. d t 40t 480 b 480m c 0 40t 480. t 12. 12 minutes. d 11 a f 2 0 2m c. 1 2c. f 2 1 2m c c 0.5. m 0.25. f x 0.25x 0.5 b 12 a f 5 0.25 5 0.5 1.25 0.5 0.75 70 1.73 121.1. £70 AUD121.10 b c a p 1.73p d a 100 1.73 100 173. This is the amount of AUD equivalent to £100 e a1 50 50 28.90 1.73 This is the amount of UK£ equivalent to AUD50 13 x 5 f x g x 0.5x 4 1 1.5x © Oxford University Press 2019 16 Worked solutions 2 . 3 x 2 13 2 f 5 . 3 3 3 2 13 Intersection point is , 3 3 14 a No inverse function as -1 and 1 are mapped to the same output, 1, so it is a many to one function and many to one functions do not have inverses. b This has an inverse function as it is a linear function with a non-zero gradient. c No inverse function as all inputs are mapped to 3 and so this is a many to one function and many to one functions do not have inverses. d This has an inverse function as it is a one to one function. 15 a c x 70x b t x 60x 200 c 70x c x t x 60x 200 130x 200 x d 1400 20 20 1400 . At this time they are both km from sun city. 70 13 13 13 13 16 a i b i c 20 20 . They are the same distance from sun city after hours 13 13 8 3 8 ii −1 ii −1 The domain is x : 7 x 8 and the range is y : 1 y 4. d 17 a u2 5 2.5 7.5. b un 5 2.5 n 1 c un 5 2.5 n 1 377 u3 7.5 2.5 10 2.5 n 1 372 n 1 148.8 n 150is the smallest such value of n 18 a 20.4 20 0.4 d. n 1 37.6 20 44 0.4 45 terms in the series b S 45 37.6 20 1296 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 17 Worked solutions 19 a Sn n 2 105 5 n 1 2n 215 5n 2 b 1140 n 215 5n 2 5n2 215n 2280 0 5n 95 n 24 0 n 19or 24 20 a un 3 2 n 1 u7 3 2 7 1 15 b 251 3 2 n 1 248 2 n 1 n 1 124. c S100 n 125 100 (2 3 2 100 1 10200 2 21 a The difference between successive terms is an1 an 3 10n 10 3 10n 10. This is constant, so the sequence is arithmetic. b ak 3 10k 1000 10k 1003 k 100.3 Smallest value of k is 101 22 a 1800 0.18 324. b 1800 r £324 r 3 54r 324 100 324 6. 54 23 a b Linear model c From GDC P x 28.6x 144 . The model fits the data well. d i ii P 27 28.6 27 144 $916.20 P 40 28.6 40 144 $1288 e The 27km is more appropriate as 27 is within the given data range, while 40km is less appropriate as 40 is outside the data range. 24 f x 26 A1A1 b f x 4, 2,0,2, 4,6 A1A1 c 0 f x 100 A1A1 d 125 f x 250 A1A1 24 a © Oxford University Press 2019 18 Worked solutions 25 a b The standing charge for a single journey c The cost per km of travel d 2.8 C 15.6 e Approximately £4.50 26 a u1 23 b M1A1A1 A1 A1 A1A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 u50 23 7 50 373 c Solving 23 7n 1007 gives n 140.6 n is not an integer, therefore 1007 is not a term in this sequence 27 a C 430 14.5P b C 430 14.5 25 $792.50 c 1000 430 14.5P 1000 430 P 39.3 14.5 She can therefore invite a maximum of 39 people d C 430 14.5 16 $662 662 41.375 16 Denise will therefore need to charge a minimum of $41.38 per head 28 a Solving 3x 10 5 and 3x 10 50 Domain is 5 x 20 b Range is 5 f 1 x 20 M1A1 R1 M1A1 M1A1 M1 A1 A1 M1 A1 A1 M1A1A1 M1A1 A1A1 29 a P 1200T 850 b 5000 1200T 850 T 4.875 So a total of 5 months 30 a M1A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1A1 b €60 M1A1 c M1A1 $37 31 a NOT a function, since, eg. the value of x 5 is related to more than one co-ordinate on the y-axis A1R1 b This is a function. Each value of x is related to only one value for y A1R1 c This is a function. Each value of x is related to only one value for y A1R1 d This is a function. Each value of x is related to only one value for y A1R1 32 Consider V 25600 1150t M1A1 and V 18000 480t M1A1 Plot respective graphs and read off intersection point, or solve the equation 25600 1150t 18000 480t M1 t 11.3 A1 £12555 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 19 Worked solutions 3 33 a f x 128 15 177 2 b M1A1 f 3 128 3 15 399 M1A1 f 15 128 15 15 1905 A1 Range is 399 f x 1905 A1 c Solving 128a 15 1162.6 a 9.2 34 a £1200 b Using GDC a 1200 b 75 c V 1200 75 50 £4950 d This is probably not a realistic model, as it indicates the value of the painting will increase indefinitely 35 a Domain is 3 x 3 M1 A1 M1A1 M1 A1 A1 M1A1 A1 R1 A1A1 Range is 1 f x 1 A1A1 b Domain is 1.5 x 5 A1A1 Range is 5 f x 4 A1A1 c Domain is 0 x 24 A1A1 Range is 0 f x 12 A1A1 d Domain is 3 x 3 A1A1 Range is 0 f x 9 A1A1 a 4.5 M1A1 A1 b 25 b 4.5 23 25 128.5 mg. M1A1 c The relationship may no longer be linear outside the range of children’s weights. R1 Using the relationship involves extrapolation to adults’ weights, which is not mathematically sound. R1 36 a 37 a Substituting C 0 gives 32 F b Solving C A1 9C 32 5 M1A1 4C 32 5 C 40 A1 c Attempting to make C the subject of F F 32 C d 9C 32 5 9C 5 M1 A1 5 F 32 A1 9 46.4 F 8 C M1A1 84.2 F 29 C A1 The range is therefore 8 C to 29 C 38 a Solving 30 12.5d 70 8.35d d 9.64 So Abel’s holiday lasts a minimum of 10 days b Using C 70 8.35d 70 8.35 14 £186.90 70 8.35 21 £245.35 So £186.90 C £245.35 © Oxford University Press 2019 M1 A1 A1 M1 A1 A1 A1 20 Worked solutions © Oxford University Press 2019 21 Worked solutions Modelling relationships: linear correlation of bivariate data 6 Skills check 1 a The gradient is 3. For every unit x increases, y increases by 3. b The gradient is 1 . For every unit x increases, y decreases by a half. 2 2 a Strong and negative b No correlation c Weak and positive Exercise 6A 1 a i positive ii nonlinear b i Positive ii Linear c i Positive ii Linear d i Positive ii Linear e i No correlation f Positive i ii Non-linear 2 a Zero correlation b Positive perfect linear c Strong negative linear d Weak negative linear e Weak positive linear f Perfect negative linear g Moderate negative linear Exercise 6B 1 a No b Yes c No 2 a b Sx 10.679, Sy 2070.803. Sxy 10164.84 r 0.945 c The correlation is a strong positive correlation. 3 a b Sx 973.519, Sy 11.657, Sxy 11206.25. r 0.987 c A strong positive correlation. . © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 4 a b Sx 0.2738, Sy 35.2205, Sxy 8.3196 , r 0.863 c Strong positive correlation. Exercise 6C 1 a 0.9 b 1 c −0.6 2 a −0.9 b 0 c 0.7 3 a −1 b −0.3 c 0.5 4 a Ss 29.086, Sg 5.840, Ssg 150 , r 0.883 b Strong positive correlation c The more hours spent studying the better the grade achieved. 5 a Sx 271.827, Sy 15.681, Sxy 4206. , r 0.987 b Strong positive correlation Exercise 6D 1 a b Sx 8.0113, Sy 7.7578, Sxy 24.182. r 0.389 c The outlier is (4,12). It does not follow the trend. d If the outlier is removed then Sx 7.975, Sy 4.111, Sxy 29.2 and r 0.891. 2 a b Sx 9.3901, Sy 7.7577, Sxy 61.8182, r 0.849. c The outlier is (10,12). d If the outlier is removed then Sx 7.9750, Sy 4.1110, Sxy 29.2, r 0.891. © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions 3 a b Sx 35.166, Sy 632.869, Sxy 26.667, r 0.01. c The two outliers are (15,20) and (30,800). d With the two outliers removed: Sx 34.322, Sy 281.013, Sxy 4370, r 0.865 Exercise 6E 1 a i, iv ii Positive strong correlation iii Mean of x is 14.6 and mean of y is 23.4 b i, iv ii Strong negative correlation iii Mean value of x is: Mean value of y is: 3 2 1 6 1.5 10 15 13 10 0 6.5 10 2 a, e, f b Moderate positive correlation. c Mean area is 2.7 2.2 1.8 2.6 1.8 2.2 2.7 2 1.4 1 2.04 million sqft 10 © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions d Mean number of visitors is 28 27 26 25 23 22 22 21 20 18 23.2 million people. 10 3 a, e, f b Strong positive linear correlation c The mean GDP is 7904 10326 7616 50169 26845 15 d Mean number of books is 2.2 2.9 3.0 17.0 8.9 15 Exercise 6F 1 a Sx 79.866, Sy 16.719, Sxy 1025.525, b Totals y r 0.768. Strong positive correlation x y xy X2 128 25.95 3321.6 16384 150 40 6000 22500 102 24.85 2534.7 10404 140 31.8 4452 19600 140 30.2 4228 19600 98 28.95 2837.1 9604 75 21.85 1638.75 5625 130 34.5 4485 16900 80 23.25 1860 6400 132 26 3432 17424 1175 287.35 34789.15 144441 287.35 1025.525 1175 x y 0.161x 9.84 10 79.8662 10 c Mean travel times is 1175 117.5 minutes. 10 d The mean for the price is 287.35 28.74 euros. 10 e © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 2 a Sx 8.922, Sy 0.7642, Sxy 5.62, b Totals r 0.824 . Strong positive correlation. x y xy x2 12 1.9 22.8 144 16 2.2 35.2 256 9 1.7 15.3 81 10 2 20 100 14 2 28 196 18 2.5 45 324 12 2.3 27.6 144 15 2.2 33 225 17 2.4 40.8 289 15 2.4 36 225 138 21.6 303.7 1984 21.6 5.62 138 y x y 0.0706x 1.19 2 10 10 8.922 c Mean number of objects is d Mean time is 138 13.8 . 10 21.6 2.16 minutes. 10 e 3 a Sx 0.2045, Sy 20.601, Sxy 3.918, b Totals y r 0.930. Strong positive linear correlation. x y xy x2 1.9 275 522.5 3.61 1.83 267 488.61 3.3489 1.81 260 470.6 3.2761 1.79 257 460.03 3.2041 1.74 258 448.92 3.0276 1.91 272 519.52 3.6481 1.93 273 526.89 3.7249 1.86 268 498.48 3.4596 1.81 261 472.41 3.2761 1.95 273 532.35 3.8025 18.53 2664 4940.31 34.3779 2664 3.918 18.53 x y 93.7x + 92.8 10 0.20452 10 © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions c Mean height is 18.53 1.853 m 10 d Mean weight is 2664 266.4 kg 10 e 4 a Sx 5.292, Sy 0.9150, Sxy 4.7, b Total y r 0.971. Strong negative correlation. x y x2 xy 12 4.2 144 50.4 13 4 169 52 14 3.9 196 54.6 15 3.5 225 52.5 16 3.4 256 54.4 17 3.4 289 57.8 18 3.2 324 57.6 105 25.6 1603 379.3 25.6 4.7 2 7 5.292 105 x y 0.168x 6.18 7 105 25.6 , c Mean point is 15,3.66 7 7 d e An 11 year old might have 0.168 11 6.18 4.332 . 4 absences. Not a reliable estimate as 11 is outside the range of given data. Exercise 6G 1 a b Strong positive linear correlation. Can use the regression line as the correlation is linear and strong. © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions c x 190, y 11.6, Sxy 1540, Sx 231.95. 1540 y 11.6 x 190 y 0.0286x 6.16 2 231.95 d y 280 0.0286 280 6.16 14.168. Around 14 errors. e It would not be reliable as 400 is outside the given data range. 2 a Sx 7.0781, Sy 11.954, Sxy 65.3, r 0.772 . b There is a strong negative correlation c Total x y xy x2 3 10 30 9 4 15 60 16 5 14 70 25 3 12 36 9 7 7 49 49 7 12 84 49 8 6 48 64 9 5 45 81 9 6 54 81 8 4 32 64 63 91 508 447 91 65.3 63 y x y 1.30x 17.3 10 7.0781 10 d y 6 1.30 6 17.3 9.5 minutes 3 a Because the correlation is moderate and linear. b Because x = 0 is quite far out of the given date range. c Because x = 10 is inside the given data range. d The regression line of y on x is used to predict the value of y for a given value of x and not the other way round. Exercise 6H 1 a i x : 3 x 10. ii iii f 3 4, f 3 2. b i R ii iii f 3 3, f 3 3. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions 2 a x 5, 4 x 0 f x 5, 0 x 3 b 3 x, 2 x 2 f x ,2 x 4 x 1 3 a Can be modelled by a piecewise linear model as the points can be split into two parts each of which each show a linear correlation. b This correlation is not linear and cannot be modelled well by a piecewise linear function. c This correlation can be modelled by a single linear model and so does not need a piecewise linear model. 4 a b Around 15. 5 a b For the first section: Sx 10.086, Sxy 27.463, y 29.8 27.463 8 10.0862 52.5 x 8 y 0.270x 5.50 For the second section Sx 5.292, y Sxy 57 58.8 57 7 5.2922 105 x 7 y 2.04x 22.1 0.270x 5.50, 0 x 12 f x 2.04x 22.1, 12 x 20 c d i f 8 0.27 8 5.5 3.34. ii f 15.5 9.52. Exercise 6I 1 a False, if the gradient is positive then the correlation is positive. b True. c False. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 2 a i Gradient is 1.04. This means that every mark gained in the last year in of high school increases the marks in the first year of university by 1.04. ii The y intercept is −2.50. This has no meaning, as it is not possible to get negative marks. b i Gradient is 0.87. This means for every centimetre of height increase corresponds to an increase in 0.87kg of weight. ii The y intercept is −70. This has no meaning as it is impossible to have a negative weight or no height. c i The gradient is −250. This means for every year after a car is bought, it is worth $250 less. ii The y intercept is 9000. This means that when the car is bought it is worth $9000. 3 a Sx 264.575, Sy 24.142, Sxy 6100, r 0.955. b Strong positive correlation. c i a Sxy 2 x S 6100 0.0871 For every gram the weight goes up the length goes up 264.5752 0.0871. by ii 279 x Sxy Sx2 7 6100 1750 18.1 . 264.5752 7 This is not relevant as it is outside the data range. Chapter review 1 a I b V c III d II 2 a 0 b 0.86 c −1 d 1 e −0.99 f −0.9 3 a b The mean point M is denoted by the cross. c Approximately 62cm d This is reliable as 6.5 months is inside the data range. 4 a Sx 5.033, Sy 0.4157, Sxy 1.652, r 0.790 b There is a negative strong correlation between the two variables. c y 34.7 1.652 252.2 x y 0.0652x 5.11 10 5.0332 10 d It is not reliable as 40 is outside the data range. 5 a i ii f 30 100 30 130 f 80 2 80 250 160 250 90 b c The range is y : 50 y 150 © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions 6 a Sx 9.0676, Sy 68862.87, Sxy 561093.6, r 0.899 b It shows a strong negative correlation. c i m 561093.6 6824.11 9.06762 ii For every position lower in the league the average attendance goes down by 6824.2. 327682 561093.6 50 74321. 9 9.06762 9 d c y mx e 6824.2 5 74321 40200. f Because 15 is outside of the given data range. 7 a Sx 63.290, Sy 54.577, Sxy 3399.333, r 0.984 b There is a strong positive linear correlation between the scores in the two tests. c It is appropriate to find the regression line of y on x because the correlation between the two variables is strong and linear. d y 644 3399.333 670 x 12 63.2902 12 y 0.849x 6.28 Defined for 25 x 85 e 0.849 55 6.28 52.975. 53% f They should leave this data point out of their analysis as it is an outlier and so including it will weaken the correlation that the data shows. 8 i ii iii iv v 9 a perfect positive strong negative weak positive weak negative zero A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 b Strong, negative c i x 4.625 ii x 5.875 iii See above d See above e 3.2, see above for lines drawn on A1 scales A3 points (A2 6 points, A1 3 points) A1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 A2A2A1 M1 thru average A1 A1A1 10 Worked solutions 10 a 100 70m c 140 100m c 40 30m 4 3 m ,c 20 3 (M1)A1A1 b Positive c Line goes through x, y y 4 2 2 90 6 126 3 3 3 d Estimate is 11 a b c d A1 (R1) (M1)A1 4 2 2 60 6 86 3 3 3 (M1)A1 40 C A1 A1 A1 70 C 100 C i A1 ii T 80 40 2t 80 t 20 130 t 80 t 50 M1 A1A1 Interval is 20 t 50 12 a A3 (A2 for 5 A1 for 3) b r 0.0695 (3 s.f.) A2 c Very weak (negative) correlation so line of best fit is meaningless R1 25-year-old would be extrapolation 13 i Gradient m 0.6 0.2 3 R1 M1A1 ii l 0.6 iii k 3 A1 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions iv a 5 v b 0.6 A1 A1 vi Gradient p 0.9 0.6 0.1 8 5 M1A1 vii 0.6 0.1 5 q q 0.1 viii r 8 14 a r 0.358 (3 s.f.) b Q1 12.3 Q3 12.7 IQR 0.4 M1A1 A1 A2 A1A1 12.3 1.5 0.4 11.7 So 10.8 is an outlier c d e f 15 a b r 0.860 (3 s.f.) Changed from weak negative to strong negative t 0.0627y 138.63 0.0627 2010 138.63 12.6s (3 s.f.) 0.51 120 7.5 68.7 The line of best fit goes through x, y y 0.51 100 7.5 58.5 c d 16 a b c d e f 17 a b Strong, positive x on y r 0.979 (3 s.f.) Strong, positive i y 1.23x 21.3 ii x 0.776y 20.8 1.23 105 21.3 108 0.776 95 20.8 95 It is extrapolation i 0.849 (3 s.f.) ii Strong, positive iii y 0.937x 0.242 i 0.267 (3 s.f.) ii Weak, positive iii The r value is too small for this to be particularly meaningful © Oxford University Press 2019 R1 A1 A2 A1 A1A1 M1A1 M1A1 R1 A1 A1A1 A1 A2 A1A1 A1A1 A1A1 A1 A1 R1 A2 A1A1 A1A1 A2 A1A1 R1 12 Worked solutions Quanitifying uncertainty: proability, binomial and normal distributions 7 Skills check 1 There are 12 numbers in total. a 2,5,11,17 are prime, so the probability that the number is prime 4 1 . 12 3 b 1,5,9,11,17,25,27 are odd, so the probability that the number is odd 7 . 12 c 1,4,9,16,25 are square, so the probability that the number is square 5 . 12 2 Total number of people = 116. a Total number of females is 57, so the probability is b 57 . 116 12 3 . 116 29 c Total number of non-smokers is 98, so the probability is 3 Mean 98 49 . 116 58 9 1 7 2 3 3 2 6 1 11 55 2.5. 9 7 3 2 1 22 Exercise 7A 1 1 of being picked. 2 of these letters are . (Each letter from RANDOM has probability of 6 3 1 also in MATHS. Hence, p 2 ). 6 1 p= 2 a p 17 . All numbers except for 1,2,3 can be hit. 20 b p 14 7 . There are 14 numbers above 6. 20 10 c p = 1. The range of numbers is 1−20. d p 14 7 . All numbers 1 − 14 can be hit. 20 10 e p 8 2 . 2,3,5,7,11,13,17,19 are prime. 20 5 f p 4 1 . 1,4,9,16 are square. 20 5 g p = 0. There are no solutions to this equation in this set of positive integers. 3 a p 6 . 11 b p 3 (1,4,9). 11 c p 5 (2,3,5,7,11). 11 d p 2 (1,9 are square and odd). 11 f p 4 (2 is not odd). 11 e p = 0 (no square numbers are prime). g p 1 (2 is prime and even). 11 . © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 4 There are 10000 possible PINs because each digit can take 10 values. a p 1 . 10000 b p 99 . 10000 c d 1 (last digit has to be 0 and other digits can take any value, assuming 0000 is 10 considered to be divisible by 10). p p 9987 (13 combinations do not fall in this range.). 10000 Exercise 7B 1 The total of 239 shoppers were surveyed. a 2 a p 73 . 239 p b 37 . 136 c 1300 100 544 shoppers. 239 3 (there are 4 4 = 16 possible pairs 3,3; 4,4; 5,5; 6,3; and 4,2 give a natural 8 number). p b 320 3 = 60 (only three possibilities of positive difference: 4 − 3, 5 − 3 and 5 − 4. 16 3 a 154 6 = 77 (1,2,3,4,6,12 are factors of 12). 12 b 154 c 154 5 64 (2,3,5,7,11 are prime). 12 2 26 (2,3 are prime factors of 12). 12 4 207 (0.15 + 0.25 + 0.12) 108. 5 531 6 79 222 340. 347 5 36. 11 7 a 573 (0.005 + 0.012) 10. b Assume the distribution of the cars is the same every month of the year. 8 67 0.0137 + 313 0.0041 2. 9 31 6 8. 24 10 Expected values of each dice: A 16 18 20 18 ,B ,C ,D , so dice C is most likely to win. 6 6 6 6 Exercise 7C 1 a Find x such that 127 = 81 + 70 - 29 + x, so x = 5 70 29 41 . 127 127 b p c 10000 81 29 4094. 127 2 Create a Venn diagram. © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions a b c p 9 . Find x: 20 = (12 − x) + (15 − x) + x + 2, x = 9. 20 9 3 . Divide the number of students studying both subjects by the total number of 12 4 students studying biology. p 60 9 = 27. 20 3 a b p 21 20 3 44 91 91 c p 14 1 17 32 91 91 4 a b 94 = (27 + x) + (7 − x) + (16 + x) + (6 − x) + x + (11 − x) + (12 + x) + 11, 94 = 90 + x, x = 4. c p 7 x 6 x 11 x x 16 8 . 94 94 47 Exercise 7D 1 Draw a sample space diagram. 1 4 9 16 2 1 2 7 14 3 2 1 6 13 5 4 1 4 11 7 6 3 2 9 11 10 7 2 5 13 12 9 4 3 a p 10 5 (orange outcomes). 24 12 b p 8 1 (green outcomes). 24 3 2 a Draw a sample space diagram, then p 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 16 4 (green + orange areas). 36 9 © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions b 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 4 4 4 4 4 5 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 945 27 709 (orange + brown areas). 36 3 Draw a sample space diagram. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 3 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 a p 8 1 . 32 4 b p 6 3 . 32 16 c p 4 1 . 32 8 Draw a sample space diagram for Bethany’s case. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 3 3 6 9 12 15 18 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 5 5 10 15 20 25 30 6 6 12 18 24 30 36 d p 9 1 . 36 4 e p 13 . 36 f p 20 5 p = 20/36 = 5/9 (orange area). 36 9 g E.g. M and N are even. 4 a Chromosome inherited from mother Chromosome inherited from father X X X XX XX Y XY YX b There are 4 outcomes in total, 2 of which result in XX pair. Hence, p 2 0.5. 4 Exercise 7E 1 Draw a Venn diagram. There are 10 artists with no choice of formats of their albums. Hence, 10 5 p . 14 7 © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 2 Draw a sample space diagram. Then, add probability of each factor: 1, 343, 1679616 and 1 1 2 1 2 7 5764801. This gives p 1 . 3 3 3 3 3 9 0 3 8 6 1 216 1679616 7 1 343 5764801 3 Total number of outcomes is 24 16. Favourable outcomes can be written out as: MMFF, MFMF, MFFM, FMMF, FMFM, FFMM, i.e. there are 6 favourable outcomes. Hence, the probability 6 3 p . 16 8 4 Probability that the number chosen is a multiple of 6 (30 from set X or 30, 60, 90 from set Y) is 1 1 1 3 2 2 p . Hence, the expected number of points is 54 = 15.4. 2 7 2 7 7 7 5 Draw the sample space diagrams. P(R = 5) = 4 1 3 and P(T = 5) = so therefore T = 5 is 36 9 20 the more likely event. R 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 T 1 2 4 8 1 2 3 5 9 2 3 4 6 10 3 4 5 7 11 4 5 6 8 12 5 6 7 9 13 6 A vs B: the winner table shows that the probability of dice B winning is P(B) = probability of dice A winning is P(A) = 12 1 and the 36 3 24 2 . 36 3 C vs D: the winner table shows that that the probability of dice D winning is P(D) = and the probability of dice C winning is P(C) = 12 1 36 3 24 2 . 36 3 B vs A 0 0 4 4 4 4 D vs C 2 2 2 2 6 6 3 B B A A A A 1 C C C C C C 3 B B A A A A 1 C C C C C C 3 B B A A A A 1 C C C C C C © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions 3 B B A A A A 5 D D D D C C 3 B B A A A A 5 D D D D C C 3 B B A A A A 5 D D D D C C Exercise 7F 1 a P(A) = 3 4 2 1 6 3 , P(B) = , P(A B) = . and P(A B) = 10 10 5 10 10 5 b P(A) + P(B) − P(A ∩ B) = 3 4 1 6 3 = P(A ∪ B). 10 10 10 10 5 c Events A and B are not mutually exclusive because P(A ∩ B) is not 0. 2 a P(C) = 7 5 12 , P(D) = , P(C ∩ D) = 0 and P(C ∪ D) = 1. 12 12 12 b P(C) + P(D) = 7 5 12 1 = P(C ∪ D). 12 12 12 c Events C and D are mutually exclusive because P(C ∩ D) = 0. 3 a Draw a Venn diagram. b The events are not mutually exclusive because the intersection of the sets S and F (see Venn diagram) is not empty, i.e. both of the events can occur at the same time. c p 15 5 . 24 8 4 a Draw the diagram b A & D, B & D and C & D form mutually exclusive pairs of events. Exercise 7G 1 a Independent. b Neither. c Neither. d Independent. e Mutually exclusive. f g Independent because P(T|S) Neither. 7 P(T). 10 2 P(A ∪ V) = P(A) + P(V) − P(A ∩ V), P(A ∩ V) = P(A) P(V) because the events are independent. Hence, P(A ∪ V) = 0.07 + 0.61 – 0.07 × 0.61 = 0.6373. P(A ∪ V) represents the probability of either the event A, or B, or both A and B happening. 28 14 14 3 14 = 0.275 , P(S ∩ M) = = 0.275. Since P(S∩M) = P(M) × 51 51 51 P(S|M), P(S|M) must be equal to P(S), hence the events are independent. 3 a P(S) × P(M) = 15 45 15 = 0.61 and P(S|M) = = 0.63. They are not equal hence the events are 99 24 not independent. b P(S) = © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 4 a Draw a Venn diagram. Since n(U) is given, n(A) = 7, n(R) = 16. The events are 1 2 1 . independent, so P(A∩R) 8 7 28 p b 5 a i 35 5 14 0.964. 56 P(A) = 2 11 ii P(M|A) = P(M) = 2 (independent events) 11 iii P(A ∩ M) = P(A) × P(M) = b i P(A) = 4 121 2 11 ii P(M|A) = 2 1 (now a card is drawn from a set of 10 cards), 10 5 iii P(A∩M) = P(A) × P(M|A) = 2 55 6 a P(B|A) = 83 = 0.52. 4836 b P(C|A) = 63 = 0.43. 4836 c P(C|B) = x 3 9 , so x = 7. P(A|C) = , so y = 11. Hence, z = 6. x 358 x 36y d P(A) = 4836 = 0.42, so both A and B, and A and C are pairs of dependent events. 50 Exercise 7H 1 a b p = 0.2 × 0.05 + 0.8 × 0.5 = 0.41 2 p 13 10 12 10 13 12 12 10 13 0.66 35 35 35 35 35 35 3 Best way to think about this problem is to consider the probability of no 6 occurring in the four throws. That is, (5/6)4. Then, the probability to obtain at least one 6 is 1 − (5/6)4. Hence, the best presentation is the last choice. Even if drawing a tree diagram with 1296 branches might take a while, the worst representation is the second one, as it is an incorrect probability calculation. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions 4 a P(QCI) = 0.7 × 0.9 + 0.3 × 0.95 = 0.915. b P(D|QCI) P D QCI P QCI P QCI | D P D P QCI 0.95 0.3 0.31 0.915 c 2000 × (1 − 0.915) = 170. d Solve for x in (1 − x) × 0.9 + x × 0.95 = 0.93, x = 0.6 i.e. 60%. 5 Probability of throwing a double six in one throw is 1 . Probability of not throwing a double six 36 24 in one throw is 35 35 . Probability of not throwing a single double six in 24 throws is . 36 36 24 35 Hence, Probability of throwing at least one double six in 24 throws is 1 − 36 ≈ 0.491. 6 Draw a Venn diagram labelling unknown quantities x, y, z. Then, construct the following simultaneous equations: x + z = 0.5, z + y = 0.3, x + y + z = 0.6. Solve the equations to obtain x = 0.3, y = 0.1, z = 0.2. Then, the probability that the car is not a blue car with five doors is 1 – z – y – x = 0.4. Draw a tree diagram. Then, construct the following simultaneous equations: 0.5(x + z) = 0.3, 0.5(1 + z) = 0.6, z = 0.2, x = 0.4, y = 0.6, w = 0.8, so the probability that the car hasn’t got 5 doors and is not blue is 0.5w = 0.4 as before. 15 14 13 12 = 0.128 because four choices are made 24 23 22 21 from a decreasing in size set of girls while the total number of people also decreases. Hence, probability that at least one boy is selected is 1 – 0.13 = 0.872. 7 Probability that no boy is selected is: Exercise 7I 1 Table a does not represent a discrete probability distribution because the probabilities of all possibilities don’t add up to 1. Table b does not represent a discrete probability distribution because P(B = 2) = −0.2 is negative. Table c, however, could represent a discrete probability distribution because all values 0 ≤ P(C = c) ≤ 1, and the probabilities add up to 1. 123 456 t 4 1 , f t defines a discrete probability distribution on a given 21 21 domain. 2 Since t 5 6 7 8 9 10 f(t) 1 21 2 21 3 21 4 21 5 21 6 21 3 Find k such that 157 k 1 , i.e. k = 6. 19 4 a Sample space U = {MMM, MMF, MFM, FMM, MFF, FMF, FFM, FFF}. b To obtain P(F = f), divide the number of sequences which correspond to the particular outcome by the total number of sequences. f 0 1 2 3 P(F = f) 1 8 3 8 3 8 1 8 © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 5 a P(A = 12) = 1 − 0.5 − 0.05 − 0.04 − 0.1 − 0.2 = 0.11. b P(8 < A ≤ 10) = P(A = 9) + P(A = 10) = 0.14. c P(A is no more than 9) = P(A = 5) + P(A = 8) + P(A = 9) = 0.59. d P(A is at least 10) = P(A = 10) + P(A = 11) + P(A = 12) = 0.41. P A 8 A 11 e P(A > 8|A ≤ 11) = P A 11 0.04 0.1 0.2 = 0.38. 0.89 6 a Probabilities don’t add up to 1. b Find p such that 0.28 + 0.2 + p + 3p = 1, i.e. p = 0.13. 7 Let P(T = 5) = p. Then, 0.2 + 0.15 + 0.1 + 4p + p = 1, so p = 0.11. t 1 2 3 4 5 P(T = t) 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.44 0.11 Exercise 7J 1 To find k, note that P(B = b) sums to 1: k((4 − 0) + (4 − 1) + (4 − 2) + (4 − 3)) = 1, k = 0.1.Then, E(B) = 0 × 0.4 + 1 × 0.3 + 2 × 0.2 + 3 × 0.1 = 1. 2 The same probability distribution table applies for M = m. Then, E(M) = 1 3 3 1 12 0 1 2 3 1.5. Expected number of male and female births in a set of 8 8 8 8 8 triplets is expected to be equal, and E(M) + E(F) = 3. 3 Construct a probability distribution table of a discrete variable K defined as the number of keys taken out of the handbag. k 0 1 2 P(K = k) 7 6 7 10 9 15 3 7 7 3 7 10 9 10 9 15 3 2 1 10 9 15 Hence, the expected number of keys is E(K) 0 7 7 1 3 1 2 . 15 15 15 5 4 Note, in this problem coins and keys can be treated as the same object making the calculations easier. Construct a probability distribution table of a discrete variable M defined as the number of mints taken out of the handbag. m 0 1 2 P(M = m) 9 8 9 17 16 34 8 9 9 8 18 17 16 17 16 34 8 7 7 17 16 34 Hence, the expected number of mints is E(M) 0 9 18 7 32 16 1 2 . 34 34 34 34 17 1 1 1 1 + US$7 × + US$5 × + US$2 × = US$3.25. The expected 4 8 8 2 prize is not US$5, hence the game is not fair. 5 Expected prize E = US$3 × 6 a P(US$5000) = 0.0001, P(US$1000) = 0.0005, P(US$200) = 0.001. b Since the price of the ticket is US$10, E = − US$10 + (US$5000 × 0.0001 + US$1000 × 0.0005 + US$200 × 0.001) = − US$10 + US$1.20 = − US$8.80. c Expected value should be 0, so the price of a ticket should be US$1.20. 7 a There are 16 outcomes in total, and the probability distribution table is: d 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 12 16 P(D = d) 1 16 2 16 2 16 3 16 2 16 2 16 1 16 2 16 1 16 © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions b P(D is a square number|D < 8) = P is a square number D 8 P 8 8 1 3 2 16 16 . 10 5 16 c To make the game fair, the price of the ticket should be equal to the expected value of the 12 1 2 32 2 2 1 prize. E(D) = US$12 × + US$6 × = US$7.5. 16 16 8 a P(B = 1) = 0.0001, P(B = 2) = 0.0001 × 0.9999, P(B = 3) = 0.0001 × 0.99992 b P(B = n) = 0.0001 × 0.9999n − 1, for n integer, because n − 1 bags of crisps don’t contain the golden ticket and nth bag does, f(b) = P(B = b) = 0.0001(0.9999)b−1. c f(b) is defined for b positive integers, b 1 . d p = P(B = 1) + P(B = 2) + … + P(B = 10) = 0.0001(1 + 0.9999 + … + 0.99999) = 0.0009996. Exercise 7K 1 a X ~ B(7, 1 ) 2 b The ‘success’ probability is not constant because the die is not replaced. c X ~ B(4, 1 ) 2 d X ~ B(4,0.3) e No ‘success’ probability. 2 Model this as X ~ B(6, 1 ) and use technology to find the following probabilities. 2 a P(X = 3) = 0.313 b P(X ≤ 4) = P(X = 0) + P(X = 1) + P(X = 2) + P(X = 3) + P(X = 4) = 0.891 c P(3 ≤ X < 6) = P(X = 3) + P(X = 4) + P(X = 5) = 0.641 3 Model this as X ~ B(30,0.005) a P(X = 1) = 0.130 b P(X = 0) = 0.860 c P(X > 3) = 1 − P(X ≤ 3) = 0.0000154. 4 a Model this as X ~ B(5,0.17), P(X > 3) = 1 − P(X ≤ 3) = 0.00361. b This is P X 3 = 0.0000130 2 5 a Model this as X ~ B(10,0.085) and find the probability of less than 5 panels failing P(X ≤ 4) = 0.999. b (P(X ≤ 4))6 = 0.995. 3 6 Model this as X ~ B 8, 8 a P(X = 5) = 0.101. b P(X < 5) = 0.863. c P(X ≤ 5) = 0.964. 7 Model this as X ~ B(5,0.964), P(X = 4) = 0.15545 while Y ~ B(5,0.5), P(Y = 4) = 0.15625. Exercise 7L 1 a P(X = 4) = 0.0535. b P(X ≤ 4) = 0.991. c P(1 ≤ X < 4) = P(X ≤ 3) − P(X ≤ 1) = 0.809. d P(X ≥ 2) = 1 − P(X ≤ 1) = 0.558. © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions e P(X ≤ 4|X ≥ 2) = f P X 4 X 2 P X 2 P X 4 P X 1 1 P X 1 = 0.983. Events are dependent because P(X 4) P(X ≤ 4|X ≥ 2). g E(X) = np = 1.74. h Variance of X = np(1 – p) = 1.24. 1 2 Model this as Q ~ B 7, because 2,3,5,7 are prime. 2 a P(Q 3) = 1 − P(Q 2) = 0.773. b E(Q) = np = 3.5. c Variance of Q = np(1 – p) = 1.75. 3 a Model this as R ~ B(10,0.78) i This is equivalent to 7 reds being thrown, P(R = 7) = 0.224 ii P(3 < R < 7) = P(R 6) − P(R 3) = 0.157. b P(A) = P(R > 7) = 1 − P(R 7) = 0.617, P(B) = P(R < 3) = P(R 2) = 0.000160, P(A|B) = P A B P B = 0 because P A B = 0. c Events A and B are not independent because P(A|B) P(A). d Events A and B are mutually exclusive because they cannot occur together. 4 Model this as R ~ B(10,0.1), assuming equal probability of the ball falling through the holes. a P(R 5) = 1 – P(R 4) = 0.00163 b First, find the probability David scores no points in one game: P(R = 0) = 0.349. Next, model this as G ~ B(6,0.349), and find P(G 2) = 1 – P(G 1) = 0.679. 5 a R ~ B(5,0.964) and B ~ B(5,0.5), so E(R) = 5 0.964 = 4.82, E(B) = 2.50. On average, R scores higher than B. b Variance of R is np(1 – p) = 0.174, variance of B is np(1 – p) = 1.25. The results for R are less well spread. 6 a To model the random variable A, use binomial distribution: A ~ B(25,0.2). b P(A 5) = 0.617. c P(A 7) = 1 − P(A 6) = 0.220. d P(A 3) = 0.234. e E(A) = np = 25 × 0.2 = 5, on average, Alex can expect to get 5 answers right by randomly guessing. f P(A 5) = 1 − P(A 5) = 1 − 0.62 = 0.383. g Alex is expected to score 5 4 − 20 = 0 points. h For one student, the probability of answering at least 7 questions correctly is 0.220, so model this as X ~ B(4,0.220). Then, P(X 2) = 1 − P(X 1) = 0.212. 7 a Binomial distribution T ~ B(538,0.91). Assume that whether an individual passenger turns up on time is independent of any other passenger. b P(T = 538) = 9.21 1023 – it is close to impossible for everyone to turn up on time. c P(T 510) = 1 − P(T 509) = 0.000672 d Increase n and check P(T 510), for example n = 551 gives P(T 510) = 0.11 but n = 550 gives P(T 510) = 0.09, so n = 551. e E(T) = np, so choose n = f 538 = 591. 0.91 Using n = 591, P(T = 538) = 0.0573 and P(T > 538) = 0.468, so it is quite likely that more people than there are seats would show up and not very likely that exactly as many people as there are seats would show up. © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions 8 f p np 1 p n p p2 .The function has its maximum when f p n 1 2p 0 , i.e. when p 0.5 (check it’s indeed a maximum and not a minimum by substituting e.g. f 1 = 0 < f 0.5 0.25n ). Exercise 7M 1 a b c 2 a b © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions c 3 a b Since approximately 68% of normal distribution data points are within a standard deviation from the mean and because = 249ml − 3ml = 246ml, we expect 0.5 (100 − 68)% = 16% of the shampoo bottles to contain less than 246ml. c P(S < 246) = 0.159. d In one bottle of shampoo, P(S 250) = 1 − P(S < 250) = 0.37. Model the sample of 200 shampoo bottles using binomial distribution. Let X be the number of bottles that will contain at least 250ml, so X ~ B(200, 0.37). Expected number of X E(X) = 200 0.37 = 74. 4 a b Since approximately 95.5% of normal distribution data points are within two standard deviations from the mean and because 2 = 186s + 28s = 214s, we expect 0.5 (100 − 95.5)% = 2.25% of the commuter trains to take at least 214s to board all the passengers. c P(T 214) = 1 − P(T < 214) = 0.02275 2.28%. d For one commuter train, P(T > 200) = 1 − P(T 200) = 0.16. Model the sample of 176 commuter trains using binomial distribution. Let X be the number of trains that will take longer than 200 seconds to be fully boarded, so X ~ B(176,0.16). Expected number of X E(X) = 176 0.16 = 28. 5 a P(T < 17.1) = 0.5 (half of the data below the mean). b P(T < 14) = 0.16 (68% of the data within standard deviation from the mean). c P(T > 20.2) = 0.16 (68% of the data within standard deviation from the mean). d First, P(T 23.3) = 0.0225 (95.5% of the data within two standard deviations from the mean), then P(14 ≤ T < 23.3) = P(T < 23.3) − P(T 14) = 1 − 0.0225 − 0.16 = 0.8175 e P(T < 7.8) = 0.0015 (99.7% of the data within three standard deviations from the mean). f P(T < 23.3|T > 20.2) = P(20.2 T 23.3) 1 0.0225 (1 0.16) 0.859 . P(T 20.2) 0.16 6 a P(Q < 4) = 0.483 b P(Q < 3.4) = 0.184 c P(Q > 5) = 1 − P(Q 5) = 0.0829 d P(3.5 ≤ Q < 4.5) = P(Q < 4.5) − P(Q < 3.5) = 0.525 © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions e P(Q < 4.9|Q > 2.9) = P(2.9 Q 4.9) = 0.887 P(Q 2.9) 7 a A2 (mean is in the middle and data is reasonably spread out), B4 (mean is in the middle and data is of similar density on both sides), C5 (mean is in the middle and most of the data is located at the centre), D1 (mean is in the middle but most data located at the edges), E3 (mean is more towards the left; data to the left of the mean is more dense than to the right) b Histogram C follows the normal distribution (can approximate with a bell-shaped curve). c p is true because symmetric histogram has the mean in the middle and quartiles and range is located symmetrically to both sides of the mean; q is true because the normal distribution has got a symmetric histogram; r is not true – histograms A and B provide a perfect counterexample. Exercise 7N 1 Use inverse normal function to find r = 990g. 2 Use inverse normal function noting that 83% of the packs weigh less than t g: t = 384 g. 3 a s: false, t: true, u: true. b Use inverse normal function and statement u to find Q3 = 22331.3… g. Then, IQR = (Q3 – Q2) 2 = 405 g. 4 a Let S ~ N(115.7,102), then find P(110 < S < 120) = P(S < 120) − P(S < 110) = 0.382. b Model this using the binomial distribution X ~ B(8,0.38), then the E(X) = 8 0.382 = 3.06. c Find the probability P(X > 5) = 1 − P(X 5 ) = 0.0400, assuming that the speeds of the cars are mutually independent. 5 a Let T ~ N(182,102), then P(T > 190) = 1 − P(T 190) = 0.212. b Model this using the binomial distribution X ~ B(7,0.21), then P(X 3) = 0.959. c Find P(T < 165) = 0.0446. d Model this using the binomial distribution Y ~ B(10000,0.04), then E(Y) = 10000 0.0446 = 446. 6 a Let D ~ N(16,52), then P(13 < D < 15.3) = P(D < 15.3) − P(D < 13) = 0.170. b Use inverse normal function noting that 87% of employees travel at most x km to find that x = 21.6 km. c First, find how many employees travel further than 14km to work: P(D > 14) = 1 − P(D 14) = 0.66, so there are 23109 0.66 = 15252 employees living further away than 14km. Hence, 0.91 15252 = 13783 ≈ 13800 employees will fail to get to work on a snow day. 7 a Route A takes a shorter time on average, although has a larger deviation while Route B takes a longer time on average but has a very small standard deviation, so is more reliable. b Let A ~ N(42,82) and B ~ N(50,32), find P(A 45) = 0.646 and P(B 45) = 0.0478, so choose route A. c Model this using the binomial distribution X ~ B(5,0.646) i P(X = 5) = 0.113 ii P(X 3) = 1 − P(X 2) = 0.759 iii P(X = 3) = 0.338, but we are only interested in 3 consecutive days. There are three ways in total to choose three consecutive days out of five (starting day 1, starting day 2 and 54 starting day 3), but there are ways to choose three days out of five in total. Hence, 2 3 0.338 = 0.101. probability to arrive by 9am on exactly three consecutive days is 10 8 a Use inverse normal function noting that the standard deviation is 5 to find Q3 = 73.4. b Half the length of the box is the difference between Q3 and the mean, 73 − 70 = 3.4, so the length of the box is less than 10 years. Chapter review © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions 1 a There are 12 square numbers between 1 and 150 (122 = 144) so the probability is p = 12 2 150 25 b There are 51 numbers which are at least 100 and at most 150 so the probability is p = 51 150 c There are 30 numbers divisible by 5 (all the numbers with last digit 0 or 5) between 1 and 30 1 150 so the probability is p 150 5 d There 11 numbers which are at least 1 and at most 11 so the probability is p = 11 150 2 To find , note that the probabilities for all possible values of k have to add up to 1. Hence, 1 . Then, E(K) = 15 9 4 1 0 1 10 2 0 1 2 3 4 15 15 15 15 5 15 3 32 22 12 02 12 1 , 15 1 , 3 a Construct simultaneous equations using the fact that probabilities add up to 1 and the expression for E(D): 0.3 + p + q + 0.15 + p − q + p + 2q = 1, i.e. 3p + 2q = 0.55 and 0 0.3 + 1 (p + q) + 2 0.15 + 3 (p − q) + 4 (p + 2q) = 1.7, i.e. 4p + 3q = 0.7. Solve the equations to obtain p 0.25, q − 0.1. b P(D = 3|D ≥ 1) = P D 3 D 1 P D 1 P D 3 1 P D 0 = 0.35 = 0.5. 0.7 4 a Probability that the seed grows: p = 0.65 0.85 + 0.35 0.74 = 0.8115. b Conditional probability: P(Green & Grows) = P(Green) P(Grows|Green) = 0.65 0.85 = 0.5525. c P(Red or Grows) = P(Red) + P(Green & Grows) = 0.35 + 0.5525 = 0.9025. Alternatively, P(Red or Grows) = 1 − P(Green & Doesn’t grow) = 1 − 0.65 0.15 = 0.9025 leads to the same answer. 5 chance of throwing no sixes at all. Hence, when the die is thrown 6 n times, P(Throw at least one six in n throws) = 1 − P(Throw no sixes in n throws) = 1 − 5 a In one throw, there is a n 5 . 6 n n log0.005 5 5 b 1 − 0.995 corresponds to 0.005 , n = 29.06... so take n = 30. 5 6 6 log 6 6 Draw a Venn diagram to visualise the situation. P(B’∪C) = P(B’) + P(B ∩ C) = 1 − P(B) + P(B∩C) = 1 − 0.4 − 0.1 + 0.1 = 0.6. 7 a Construct the table noting there are 36 outcomes in total and counting ways to obtain each of the value of t. t 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P(T = t) 1 36 4 36 8 36 10 36 8 36 4 36 1 36 b Prime numbers: 5,7, square numbers: 4,9. For game to be fair, E(T) = 0. This gives the 5 4 7 10 4 1 x following equation: = 0, i.e. 90 − 5x = 0, x = 18. 36 36 36 36 8 Let W ~ N(65,112). Then: © Oxford University Press 2019 15 Worked solutions a P(W > 70) = 0.325. b Use inverse normal function to find UQ = 72.42kg and LQ = 57.58kg, so IQR = 14.8kg. c Use inverse normal function for 92.7% to find 81.0kg. d Use binomial distribution to model this: X ~ B(8,0.325), then P(X 3) = 0.758. e P(W < 60) = 0.3247, so 1000 0.3247 325. 9 a There are at most 5 turns before a green balls is definitely picked. P(Judith wins) = P(Judith wins on her first go) + P(Judith wins on her second go) + P(Judith wins on her third go). 3 4 3 3 6 P(Judith wins on her first go) = , P(Judith wins on her second go) , 7 7 6 5 35 4 3 2 1 4 109 P(Judith wins on her third go) . Hence, P(Judith wins) 0.629. 7 6 5 4 175 175 b Now that the ball chosen is replaced after each turn, it might take infinitely many turns until the green ball is picked. To find the new probability of Judith winning p, note that after Judith and Gilles both had an unsuccessful turn each, the probability of Judith winning from that point resets to the original value p and the following equation can be constructed: 3 4 4p 21 p ,p 0.636. Hence, Judith is more likely to win in this set up of the 7 7 7 33 game. 10 a 3 13 13 3 16 15 16 15 M1A1 78 13 39 39 240 40 240 240 A1 13 12 b 1 16 15 M1A1 84 7 156 240 240 20 0.7 0.4 0.8 0.224 ~ M1A1 b 0.7 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.8 M1A1 c 0.252 0.4 0.8 0.32 A1 M1A1 d 1 0.3 0.6 0.2 M1A1 1 11 a A1 0.964 A1 12 a M1A1A1 b 1 0.65 0.55 0.6425 c 13 a b c P Jake and Elisa solve P Elisa solve M1A1 0.35 0.6 0.35 0.6 0.65 0.45 0.418 0.4 0.6 0.75 M1A1A1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 16 Worked solutions 14 a b c 32 25 48 = 9 32 9 48 23 48 9 32 2 P E U and P E 32 48 3 P E U P E , so not independent. 15 a b c d e 43 50 7 25 5 11 0 5 34 M1A1 M1A1 A1 A1A1 R1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 M1A1 P A B P A P B 0.3 0.15 0.045 M1A1 b P A B P A P B P A B 0.3 0.5 0.045 0.755 M1A1 c P B A P A P A B 0.3 0.15 0.15 M1A1 d P B A 16 a P B A P A M1 P B P A B 0.5 0.045 P A 0.7 0.65 17 a M1 A1 1 P no scoring 1 0.72 4 M1A1 0.731 A1 b 4 0.28 0.763 0.492 M1 A1 c 1 P no goals P exactly one goal M1 4 A1 A1 1 0.72 0.492 0.24 18 a Let X be the discrete random variable ‘number of boys’. So X ~ B 10,0.512 10 4 P X 6 0.5126 1 0.512 6 0.215 M1A1 A1 b 10 10 P X 0 0.5120 1 0.512 0.000766 0 M1A1 c P X 4 0.348 M1A1 19 a k k k k 2 2k 2 1 2 2 M1 3k 2 2k 1 0 A1 3k 1 k 1 0 M1 k 1 3 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 17 Worked solutions b E X 0 E X k k 0.5 k 1 k 2 1.5 2k 2 2 2 2 M1 k 3k k 2 3k 2 k 4k 2 2 2 A1 2 3 1 4 1 17 1 4 3 2 3 9 2 18 c P X 1.25 2k 2 M1A1 k 2 M1 2 2 1 7 1 1 2 9 6 18 6 3 M1A1 20 a Let X be the discrete random variable ‘time taken for Blossom to walk to her cafe’. So X ~ N 35,3.42 P X 37 0.278 b c M1A1 P X 36.5 P X 34 A1 0.670 0.384 A1 0.286 A1 P X 30 0.071 M1 0.071 25 1.77 M1 So approximately two occasions. A1 21 a Let X be the discrete random variable ‘mass of a can of baked beans’. Then X ~ N 415,122 Using GDC P X m 0.65 M1A1 m 410.4 A1 b You require P X 422.5 | X 420 P X 422.5 | X 420 P X 422.5 P X 420 M1 M1 0.266 0.338 A1 0.787 A1 c Using GDC P X 413.5 0.450 M1A1 Now using Y ~ B 144,0.450 M1 P Y 75 0.0524 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 18 Worked solutions Testing for validity: Spearman’s, hypothesis testing and test for independence 8 2 Skills check 1 P(S) 2 1 1 while P(S|E) = . P(S) = P(S|E) so the events are independent. 6 3 3 2 D ~ N(35,32), P(D < 36) = 0.631 3 x 0 1 2 3 4 P(X = x) 0.0016 0.0256 0.1536 0.4096 0.4096 Exercise 8A 1 a 1 (data monotonically increasing) b 1 (data monotonically increasing) c − 1(data monotonically decreasing) d 0(data is not consistently increasing or decreasing) 2 Put the ranked data into a GDC and obtain PMCC rs = 0.2 so there is only weak positive correlation between the taste and value for money. 3 a The ranks are (note that when more than one piece of data have the same value, the average of the rank given is used): x 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 y 1 2 3 4 6 6 6 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = − 0.964. b The ranks are: x 3 2 4 6 7 1 5 y 2 3 5 7 6 1 4 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = 0.893. 4 a PMCC is used for linear relationships and the scatter plot shows the relationships is not linear. b The ranks of A − L are: v 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 12 2 F 1 2 4 5 6.5 6.5 8 11 9 10 3 12 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = − 0.942. c There is a strong negative correlation between velocity and force, as can be expected from the scatter plot. Since the force does not change significantly at high values of the velocity, the value of rs could be affected significantly by small changes in data. 5 a Use GDC to find the PMCC for the data: rs = 0.670. b Scatter plot: PMCC indicates that there is a positive correlation of medium strength between the English and Maths scores. The scatter plot shows strong but non-linear positive correlation between the scores.. © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions c The ranks are: Maths 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3.5 3.5 1.5 1.5 English 9.5 8 11 7 6 9.5 5 4 3 2 1 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = 0.883. This indicates a strong positive correlation between the scores which is a more realistic result given the scatter plot. d Spearman’s rank correlation because the data points are not linear. 6 a Because instead of quantitative data the ranks of the taste are given. b The ranks are: Taste rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 Cost rank 1 3 2 5 4 6 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = 0.886, so there is a strong positive correlation between the price and taste of coffee. 7 a Data table: x 0.82 1.28 1.78 1.46 2.46 2.48 2.02 3.02 2.98 7.46 y 0.86 1.56 1.22 0.62 0.84 1.76 1.82 1.42 0.62 4.98 Use GDC to find the PMCC i b i with the outlier J: r = 0.874 ii without the outlier J: r = 0.0776 The ranked data table with the outlier J: x 10 9 7 8 5 4 6 2 3 1 y 7 4 6 9.5 8 3 2 5 9.5 1 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data with the outlier J: rs = 0.304. ii The ranked data table without the outlier J: x 9 8 6 7 4 3 5 1 2 y 6 3 5 8.5 7 2 1 4 8.5 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data without the outlier J: rs = 0.0418. c Even though both of the measures are affected by the outlier, Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient is affected less. Exercise 8B 1 a Probability that a person chosen at random likes black cars best is 22 . Probability that a 80 38 . If the two events are independent, the expected 80 22 38 number of males who prefer black cars is 80 = 10.45. 80 80 person chosen at random is male is b Probability that a person chosen at random likes white cars best is 18 . Probability that a 80 42 . If the two events are independent, the expected 80 18 42 number of males who prefer black cars is 80 = 9.45. 80 80 person chosen at random is male is c Use GDC to find the value 2 4.69. 2 a Probability that a person chosen at random buys small coffee is 34 . Probability that a 110 54 . If the two events are independent, the expected 110 34 54 number of males who prefer black cars is 110 = 16.7. 110 110 person chosen at random is male is © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions b Probability that a person chosen at random buys large coffee is 46 . Probability that a 110 56 . If the two events are independent, the expected 110 46 56 number of males who prefer black cars is 110 = 23.4. 110 110 person chosen at random is female is c Use GDC to find the value 2 5.21. 3 Find totals: Pet Rabbits Guinea pigs Hamsters Totals Lettuce 16 16 28 60 Carrots 34 18 18 70 Totals 50 34 46 130 a Probability that a pet chosen at random eats carrots is 70 . Probability that a pet chosen at 130 50 . If the two events are independent, the expected number of 130 70 50 rabbits who eat carrots is 130 = 26.9. 130 130 random is a rabbit is b Probability that a pet chosen at random eats lettuce is 60 . Probability that a pet chosen at 130 46 . If the two events are independent, the expected number of 130 60 46 rabbits who eat carrots is 130 = 21.2. 130 130 random is a hamster is c Use GDC to find the value χ 2 8.05. 4 Find totals: Transport Car Bus Bicycle Walk Totals Male 12 12 28 8 60 Female 21 13 15 11 60 Totals 33 25 43 19 120 a Probability that a person chosen at random comes by bicycle is 43 . Probability that a 120 60 . If the two events are independent, the expected 120 43 60 number of males who come by bicycle is 120 = 21.5. 120 120 person chosen at random is a male is b Probability that a person chosen at random comes by car is 33 . Probability that a person 120 60 . If the two events are independent, the expected 120 33 60 number of females who come by car is 120 = 16.5. 120 120 chosen at random is a female is c Use GDC to find the value χ 2 6.90. © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions Exercise 8C 1 a Contingency table: Sport Cycling Basketball Football Totals Males 7 10 6 23 Females 9 8 10 27 Totals 16 18 16 50 b H0: favourite sport is independent of gender. H1: favourite sport is not independent of gender. c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (2 − 1) (3 − 1) = 2. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 1.16 and p = 0.560. e Expected values calculated by E(F/M liking C/B/F) = P(F/M) × P(likes C/B/F) × total: Sport Cycling Basketball Football Males 7.36 8.28 7.36 Females 8.64 9.72 8.64 All expected values are greater than 5. f χ 2 1.16 < 4.605 so H0is accepted. g Find p value for χ 2 c = 4.605: pc = 0.10, p = 0.560 > 0.10 so H0 is accepted and p value supports the conclusion. 2 a H0: favourite bread is independent of gender. H1: favourite bread is not independent of gender. b E(Female liking white bread) = P(Female) × P(likes white bread) × total = 41 31 80 80 80 = 15.8875 15.9 c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (2 − 1) (4 − 1) = 3. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 2.12 and p = 0.548. e χ 2 < χ 2 c so H0 is accepted. 3 a H0: favourite genre of film is independent of age. H1: favourite genre of film is not independent of age. b E(20− 50 year-olds prefer horror films) = P(20− 50 year-olds) × P(prefers horror films) × total = 130 77 300 = 33.367 33.4. 300 300 c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (3 − 1) (3 − 1) = 4. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 45.2 and p = 3.6 109 . e p < 0.10 (for 10% test) so H0 is rejected. 4 a H0: favourite flavour of dog food is independent of breed. H1: favourite flavour of dog food is not independent of breed. b Expected values calculated by E(F/M liking C/B/F) = P(F/M) × P(likes C/B/F) × total: Flavour Beef Chicken Lamb Boxer 11.7 7.00 9.33 Labrador 15.8 9.50 12.7 Poodle 14.6 8.75 11.7 Collie 7.92 4.75 6.33 Not all expected values are greater than 5. © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions c New contingency table: Flavour Beef Chicken Lamb Totals Boxer 14 6 8 28 Labrador 17 11 10 38 Poodle/Collie 19 13 22 54 Totals 50 30 40 120 2 d Use GDC to find the values χ 3.14 and p = 0.535. e p = 0.535 > 0.05 so H0 is accepted. 5 a H0: favourite flavour of chocolate is independent of gender. H1: favourite flavour of chocolate is not independent of gender. b v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (2 − 1) (3 − 1) = 2. c Use GDC to find the values χ 2 9.52 and p = 0.00856. d χ 2 9.52 > 9.210so H0 is rejected. 6 a H0: GPA is independent of number of hours spent on social media. H1: GPA is not independent of number of hours spent on social media. b E(0− 9 hours and high GPA) = P(0− 9 hours) × P(high GPA) × total = 85 99 270 270 270 = 31.167 31.2. c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (3 − 1) (3 − 1) = 4. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 78.5 and p = 3.6 1016 . e χ 2 78.5 > 7.779 so H0 is rejected. 7 State the null hypothesis and the alternative hypothesis: H0: the number of people walking their dog is independent of the time of the day. H1: the number of people walking their dog is not independent of the time of the day. Noting that the number of degrees of freedom is v = 4, use GDC to find the values χ 2 5.30 and p = 0.257. Since 0.257 > 0.05 and 5.30< 9.488, H0 is accepted. 8 a H0: the number of bottles of water sold is independent of temperature. H1: the number of bottles of water sold is not independent of temperature. b v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (3 − 1) (3 − 1) = 4. c Use GDC to find the values χ 2 3.30 and p = 0.509. d Since 0.509 > 0.01 and 3.30 < 13.277, H0 is accepted. 9 a H0: annual salary is independent of the type of degree. H1: annual salary is not independent of the type of degree. b v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (3 − 1) (3 − 1) = 4. c Use GDC to find the values χ 2 24.4 and p = 6.53 105 . d Since 6.53 105 < 0.05 and 24.4 > 9.488, H0 is rejected. Exercise 8D 1 a Expected frequencies: Colour Frequency Yellow 120 Orange 120 Red 120 Purple 120 Green 120 b v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4 © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 10.45 and p = 0.0335. d Since 0.0335 < 0.05 and 10.45 > 9.488, H0 is rejected. 2 a Expected frequencies: Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Freq 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 b v = (n – 1) = 12 − 1 = 11. c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 6 and p = 0.873. d Since 0.873 > 0.10and 6 < 17.275, H0 is accepted. 3 a E(number of calls) = 840 = 120. 7 b v = (n – 1) = 7 − 1 = 6. c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 86.1 and p = 1.97 1016 d Since 1.97 1016 < 0.05 and 86.1 > 12.592, H0 is rejected. 4 a Expected frequencies Last digit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Frequency 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 b v = (n – 1) = 10− 1 = 9. c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 9.06 and p = 0.432. d Since 0.432 > 0.10 and 9.06 < 14.684, H0 is accepted. Exercise 8E 1 a H0: The lengths are normally distributed with mean of 19 cm and standard deviation of 3 cm. H1: The lengths are not normally distributed with mean of 19 cm and standard deviation of 3 cm. b Let L ~ N(19,32), then use GDC to find P(9 < L < 12) = 0.00939 c Expect 250 0.00939 = 2.35 fish. d Repeat the same procedure to obtain the expected frequency table: Length of fish, x cm Probability Expected frequency 9 ≤ x < 12 0.009386 2.35 12 ≤ x < 15 0.081396 20.35 15 ≤ x < 18 0.278230 69.56 18 ≤ x < 21 0.378066 94.52 21 ≤ x < 24 0.204702 51.18 24 ≤ x < 27 0.043960 10.99 27 ≤ x < 30 0.003708 0.927 e Combine the rows with expected frequencies less than five with the rows next to them, i.e. the top row with the second row and the last row with the second to last row. © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions f Updated table: Length of fish, x cm Frequency Expected Frequency 9 ≤ x < 15 27 22.70 15 ≤ x < 18 71 69.56 18 ≤ x < 21 88 94.52 21 ≤ x < 24 52 51.18 24 ≤ x < 30 12 11.92 g v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4. h Use GDC to find the values χ 2 1.31 and p = 0.860. i Since 0.860 > 0.05 and 1.31 < 9.488, H0 is accepted. 2 Let W ~ N(52,32), and calculate the probabilities using GDC. Multiply them by 200 (total number of girls). a Table with the expected frequencies: Weight, w kg w < 45 45 ≤ w < 50 50≤ w < 55 55 ≤ w < 60 w ≥ 60 Expected frequency 1.96 48.54 117.77 30.96 0.77 b Merge the first and the last columns with their neighbouring columns to obtain an updates table: Weight, w kg w < 50 50≤ w < 55 55 ≤ w Observed frequency 56 82 62 Expected frequency 50.50 117.77 31.73 c v = (n – 1) = 3 − 1 = 2. d H0: The weights are normally distributed with mean of 52 kg and standard deviation of 3 kg. H1: The weights are not normally distributed with mean of 52 kg and standard deviation of 3 kg. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 40.3 and p = 1.74 109 . e Since 1.74 109 < 0.05 and 40.3 > 5.991, H0 is rejected. 3 Let X ~ N(65,7.52), and calculate the probabilities using GDC. Multiply them by 300 (total number of students). a Table with expected frequencies: Grade, x% x < 50 50 ≤ x < 60 60 ≤ x < 70 70 ≤ x < 80 80 ≤ x Expected frequency 6.83 68.92 148.50 68.92 6.83 b v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4. c H0: The grades are normally distributed with mean of 65% and standard deviation of 7.5%. H1: The grades are not normally distributed with mean of 65% and standard deviation of 7.5%. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 0.705 and p = 0.951. d Since 0.951 > 0.1 and 0.705 < 7.779, H0 is accepted. 4 Let H ~ N(250,112), and calculate the probabilities using GDC. Multiply them by 250 (total number of elephants). a Table with expected frequencies. Height, h cm h < 235 235 ≤ h < 245 245 ≤ h < 255 255 ≤ h < 265 265 ≤ h Expected frequency 21.59 59.59 87.64 59.59 21.59 b v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions c H0: The heights are normally distributed with mean of 250cm and standard deviation of 11 cm. H1: The heights are not normally distributed with mean of 250cm and standard deviation of 11 cm. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 8.02 and p = 0.0910. d Since 0.0910 > 0.05 and 8.02 < 9.488, so H0 is accepted. 5 Let H ~ N(1200,1002), and calculate the probabilities using GDC. Multiply them by 400 (total number of light bubs). a Table of expected frequencies. Lifespan, h hours Freq h< 1000 1000 ≤ h < 1100 1100 ≤ h < 1200 1200 ≤ h < 1300 1300 ≤ h < 1400 1400 ≤ h 9.1 54.36 136.54 136.54 54.36 9.1 b v = (n – 1) = 6 − 1 = 5. c H0: The lifespan is normally distributed with mean of 1200 hours and standard deviation of 100 hours. H1: The heights are not normally distributed with mean of 1200 hours and standard deviation of 100 hours. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 78.7 and p = 1.5 1015 . d Since 1.5 1015 < 0.05 and 78.7 > 11.070, so H0 is rejected. Exercise 8F 3 1 a Expected probabilities for S ~ B(3, 0.75): P(S = 0) = 0.7500.253 0.015625, P(S = 1) = 0 3 3 1 2 2 1 0.75 0.25 0.140625, P(S = 2) = 0.75 0.25 0.421875, P(S = 3) = 1 2 3 3 0 0.75 0.25 0.421875. 3 b Table of expected frequencies: multiply the probabilities by total number of seeds 50. Number of seeds germinating 0 1 2 3 Expected frequency 0.78 7.03 21.09 21.09 c Expected value of no seeds germinating is less than 5. Hence, combine this with the data of 1 seed germinating: Number of seeds germinating 0,1 2 3 Observed frequency 15 15 20 Expected frequency 7.81 21.09 21.09 d v = (n – 1) = 3 − 1 = 2. e H0: The number of germinating seeds follows a binomial distribution. H1: The number of germinating seeds does not follow a binomial distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 8.43 and p = 0.0147. f Since 0.0147 < 0.05 and 8.43 > 5.991, H0 is rejected. 3 2 a Expected probabilities for S ~ B(3, 0.5): P(S = 0) = 0.500.53 0.125, P(S = 1) = 0 3 3 3 1 2 2 1 3 0 0.5 0.5 0.375, P(S = 2) = 0.5 0.5 0.375, P(S = 3) = 0.5 0.5 0.125. 1 2 3 Table of expected frequencies: multiply the probabilities by total number of families: 100. Number of boys 0 1 2 3 Expected frequency 12.5 37.5 37.5 12.5 b No expected frequency values below 5. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions c v = (n – 1) = 4 − 1 = 3. d H0: The number of boys follows a binomial distribution. H1: The number of boys does not follow a binomial distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 10.77 and p = 0.0130. e Since 0.0130> 0.01 and 10.77 < 11.345, H0 is accepted. 0 3 a Expected probabilities for S ~ B(2, 1 2 2 1 5 1 ): P(S = 0) = 0.694, P(S = 1) = 6 0 6 6 2 1 0 2 1 5 2 1 5 0.278, P(S = 2) = 0.0278. 2 6 6 1 6 6 Table of expected frequencies: multiply the probabilities by total number of tosses: 250. Number of 6s 0 1 2 Expected frequency 173.61 69.44 6.94 b No expected frequency values below 5. c v = (n – 1) = 3 − 1 = 2. d H0: The number of 6s follows a binomial distribution. H1: The number of 6s does not follow a binomial distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 28.1 and p = 7.7 107 . e Since 7.7 < 0.05 and 28.1 > 5.991, H0 is rejected. 4 a Since there are four answers, P(getting a question right) = 0.25. b,c Model this using the binomial distribution: X ~ B(5,0.25). Number correct 0 1 2 3 4 5 Probability 0.2373 0.3955 0.2637 0.0879 0.0146 0.0010 Expected frequency 118.65 197.75 131.84 43.95 7.30 0.50 d Expected frequency of 5 correct answers is less than 5, hence need to combine the data for 4 and 5 correct answers. The new table is: Number correct 0 1 2 3 4,5 Observed frequency 38 66 177 132 87 Expected frequency 118.65 197.75 131.84 43.95 7.8 e v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4. f H0: The number of correct answers follows a binomial distribution. H1: The number of correct answers does not follow a binomial distribution. Use GDC to find that χ 2 1139 and p = 0. g H0 is rejected as 0 < 0.05 and 1138 > 9.488. Exercise 8G 1 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference in the weights) H1: x 1 < x 2 (there is a difference in the weights of the apples: apples from the shade weigh less). b This is a one-tailed test as Petra is trying to find out if the trees in the shade weigh less. c Use GDC to find t = − 0.687 and p = 0.251. d Since 0.251 > 0.10, H0 is accepted. 2 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference between the weights of town and country babies), H1: x 1 > x 2 (babies born in the country weigh more than babies born in the town). b This is a one-tailed test as Fergus is trying to find out if babies born in the country weigh more than babies born in the town. c Use GDC to find t = − 0.1913 and p = 0.575. d Since 0.575 > 0.10, H0 is accepted. Comment: author used t-test at the 5% significance level, not sure why the answers are different. © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions 3 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference between the lengths of the beans), H1: x 1 x 2 (there is a difference between the lengths of the beans). b This is a two-tailed test as Jocasta is interested in finding out if the lengths are different. c Use GDC to find t = − 3.126 and p = 0.00584. d Since 0.00584 < 0.05, H0 is rejected. 4 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference between the lifetimes of the bulbs), H1: x 1 x 2 (there is a difference between the lifetimes of the bulbs). b This is a two-tailed test. c Use GDC to find t = 0.3 and p = 0.769 d Since 0.769 > 0.05, H0 is accepted. 5 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference between the weights of the girls and the boys), H1: x 1 x 2 (the boys weigh less than the girls). b This is a one-tailed test (testing if the boys weighed less than the girls). c Use GDC to find t = − 2.45 and p = 0.015. d Since 0.015 < 0.05, H0 is rejected. 6 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference between the weight loss with and without the remedy), H1: x 1 x 2 (people lose more weight with the remedy than without it). b This is a one-tailed test (testing if the weight loss is higher with the remedy). c Use GDC to find t = 2.84 and p = 0.00539. d Since 0.00539 < 0.01, H0 is rejected. 7 a H0: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference in the lengths of the sweetcorn cobs), H1: x 1 x 2 (there is a difference in the lengths of the sweetcorn cobs). b This is a two-tailed test. c Use GDC to find t = 0.535 and p = 0.600. d Since 0.600 > 0.10, H0 is accepted. Chapter review 1 a The ranks are: Height, 12 10.5 10.5 9 8 7 6 4.5 4.5 3 2 1 2 1 3 4 5 8.5 6 7 8.5 10 11.5 11.5 cm Time, s Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = − 0.953. b It indicates strong and negative correlation between the height and the time it took to run, i.e. the taller the person, the faster they are. 2 a Instead of the quantitative data, the ranks of tennis players are given. b The ranks are: Tennis ranks 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Aces 1 2 6 3 4.5 4.5 7 8 Use GDC to find the PMCC for the ranked data: rs = 0.850. c There is a strong and positive correlation between the tennis rank of the player and the number of aces they hit, i.e. the higher the rank, the more aces they are likely to hit. 3 a H0: colours of the eggs laid are independent of the type of the hen. H1: colours of the eggs laid are not independent of the type of hen. © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions 30 . Probability that an egg chosen at 90 b Probability that a hen chosen at random is Leghorn is 42 . If the two events are independent, the expected number of white 90 30 42 eggs laid by Leghorn hens is 90 = 14. 90 90 random is white is c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (2 − 1) (3 − 1) = 2. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 21.7 and p = 1.94 105 . e Since 21.7 > 5.991, H0 is rejected. 4 a H0: favourite colour of car is independent of gender; H1: favourite colour of car is not independent of gender. b Probability that a person chosen at random likes white cars is 20 . Probability that a person 100 48 . If the two events are independent, the expected 100 20 48 number of males who like white cars is 100 = 9.6. 100 100 chosen at random is a male is c v = (rows − 1)(columns − 1) = (2 − 1) (4 − 1) = 3. d Use GDC to find the values χ 2 9.43 and p = 0.0241. e Since 9.43 > 6.251, H0 is rejected. 5 a The table of expected values: Day Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Expected frequencies 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 b v = (n – 1) = 7 − 1 = 6. c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 10and p = 0.1247, since 10 < 12.592, H0 is accepted. 6 a The table of expected values: Number on die 1 2 3 4 5 6 Expected frequencies 15 15 15 15 15 15 b v = (n – 1) = 6 − 1 = 5. c H0: The data satisfies a uniform distribution. H1: The data does not satisfy a uniform distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 0.67 and p = 0.98, since 0.67 < 15.086, H0 is accepted. 7 a Let S ~ B(2, 1 ), then P(S = 0) = 0.25 and expected value is 0.25 60 = 15. 2 b Use binomial distribution defined above to find the expected frequencies: Number of tails 0 1 2 Expected frequency 15 30 15 c All expected frequencies are higher than 5. d v = (n – 1) = 3 − 1 = 2. e H0: The number of tails follows a binomial distribution. H1: The number of tails does not follow a binomial distribution. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 1.2 and p = 0.549. f Since 1.2 < 5.991, H0 is accepted. 8 Let X ~ N(158,42), and calculate the probabilities using GDC. Multiply them by 500(total number of girls). © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions a Table with expected frequencies: Height, x cm x < 152 152 ≤ x < 156 156 ≤ x < 160 160≤ x < 164 164 ≤ x Expected frequency 33.40 120.87 191.46 120.87 33.4 b There are no expected values less than 5. c v = (n – 1) = 5 − 1 = 4. d H0: The heights are normally distributed with mean of 158 cm and standard deviation of 4 cm. H1: The heights are not normally distributed with mean of 158 cm and standard deviation of 4 cm. Use GDC to find the values χ 2 20.60and p = 0.00038. e Since 0.00038 < 0.10and 20.6 > 7.770, H0 is rejected. 9 a H0: x H1: x 1 = x 2 (there is no difference in the test scores) 1 x 2 (there is a difference in the test scores). b This is a two-tailed test. c Use GDC to find t = −0.421 and p = 0.678. d Since 0.678 < 0.05, H0 is accpted. 10 a H0 : 1 2 A1 H1 : 1 2 A1 b One-tailed test c t value 0.706 p value 0.244 A1 M1A1 A1 d M1R1 11 a 0.244 0.05 so accept H0 i.e. there is no significant difference in the results of the two schools. H0 : 1 2 A1 H1 : 1 2 A1 b t value 1.735 p value 0.0499 M1A1 A1 c 0.0499 0.05 so reject H0 . M1R1 i.e. there is significant evidence to suggest that older students read fewer books 12 a H0 : 1 2 H1 : 1 2 A1 A1 b t value 1.942 p value 0.0725 M1A1 A1 c 0.0725 0.1 so reject H0 . M1R1 i.e. there is significant evidence to suggest that there is a difference in average battery length 13 a M1A1A1 b rS 0.707 c rS is positive and reasonably close to 1 , M1A1 indicating a fairly strong positive correlation between a person’s age and their reaction time. d Include a greater number of participants Ensure the participants were spread equally throughout the age range © Oxford University Press 2019 R1 R1 R1 R1 12 Worked solutions 14 a M1A1A1 b M1A1 rS 0.596 c Neeve is incorrect. A1 A value of rS 0.596 indicates a small but significant negative correlation between a person’s age and the hours per week they watch TV. However, you cannot say this is causal. R1 R1 i.e. You cannot conclude that your age affects the amount of TV you watch 15 A2 A1 B1 A1 C3 A1 D6 A1 E4 A1 F5 A1 16 a H0 : Type of burger favoured is independent of age A1 H1 : Type of burger favoured is not independent of age A1 b 3 1 4 1 6 A1 c 2calc 12.314 M1A1 p value 0.0553 d 2 calc A1 12.314 12.59 , therefore we accept H0. A1R1 i.e. the type of burger favoured is independent of age. 17 a M1A1A1 b H0 : Smoking is independent of age A1 H1 : Smoking is not independent of age A1 2 calc 9.408 M1A1 p value 0.00216 2 calc A1 9.408 6.64 , therefore we reject H0 and accept H1 i.e. smoking is not independent of age 18 a H0 : Movie preference is independent of gender A1R1 A1 H1 : Movie preference is not independent of gender A1 b 5 1 2 1 4 A1 c 2 calc 11.111 M1A1 p value 0.0253 d A1 2calc 11.111 9.49 , therefore we reject H0 and accept H1 A1R1 i.e. Movie preference is not independent of age. 19 a © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions M1A1 b H0 : The data satisfies a binomial distribution A1 H1 : The data does not satisfy a binomial distribution A1 2 calc 7.583 M1A1 p value 0.108 A1 2calc 7.583 9.49 , therefore we accept H0 A1R1 i.e. The observed data fits a binomial distribution 20 a M1A1A1 b Re-writing: M1A1 Degrees of freedom 3 A1 H0 : The data satisfies a normal distribution A1 H1 : The data does not satisfy a normal distribution A1 The critical value is 5% 3 7.82 A1 2 2 calc 10.47 M1A1 p value 0.015 2 calc A1 10.47 7.82 , therefore we reject H0 and accept H1 A1R1 i.e. The observed data does not fit a normal distribution with mean 62 and standard deviation 16. © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions 9 Modelling relationships with functions: power functions Skills check 1 a 2x 3 x 4 2x2 3x 8x 12 2x2 5x 12 b 7x 5 2x 3 14x2 21x 10x 15 14x2 11x 15 2 a 2x2 5x 2 2x2 4x x 2 x 2 2x 1 b 5x2 13x 6 5x2 15x 2x 6 x 3 5x 2 3 a 1 2 22 3 2 c 8 6 c 2 c c 3 b 5 5 12 1 c 5 1 c 6 c c 11 Exercise 9A 1 a Vertex is (−1.25, −1.125), x intercepts are (−0.5,0), (−2,0), y intercept is 2. Domain is and range is y : y 1.125 . b Vertex is (3,16), x intercepts are (7,0), (−1,0), y intercept is (0,7), Domain is range is y : y 16 and the c © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 49 1 4 Vertex is , , x intercepts are (−1,0) and , 0 , y intercept is (0,−4) domain is 6 12 3 49 and the range is y : y . 12 d Vertex is (−0.4,12.8), x intercepts are (1.2,0) and (−2,0), the y intercept is (0,12), the domain is and the range is y : y 12.8 . 2 a 0 0.4x2 2x 8 x 2 22 4 0.4 8 2 0.4 2.5 5 16.8 4 Graph cuts the x axis at 7.62,0 and 2.62,0 . b Y intercept is (0,−8) 5 5 2.5 4 16.8 2.5 4 16.8 c Equation of symmetry is x 2 2.5 d Point of intersection is (1.26,−9.88). Exercise 9B 1 a a 1, b 4,c 2 b a 2, b 2,c 3 c a 2, b 1,c 1 d a 1, b 2,c 3 e a 5, b 1,c 10 2 9 a 0 b 0 c c. 2 9 a 1 b 1 9. 2 18 a b. As the graph is symmetric in the line x=4, the reflection of the point ( −1,9), (9,9), is also on the graph. 9 a 9 b 9 9 2 2 9a b . Solving these simultaneous equations: 18 2 20 a b 9a b 10a a 2, b 2 18 16, c 9 Exercise 9C 1 a b h 70 2x 35 x. 2 A x 35 x 35x x2 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions c d The x intercepts are (0,0) and (35,0) e These two values are the values that x must lie between. f The line of symmetry is x 35 0 17.5 . This tells us that the largest area occurs when 2 the width is 17.5cm 2 a a 6,d 10 6 4. n 2 6 4 n 1 2 2n n 1 6n 2n2 4n Sn 880 2n2 4n. 2n2 4n 880 0. b The vertex is (−1,−882), the x intercepts are (−22,0) and (20,0). The y intercept is −880. c The positive x intercept is (20,0). d The positive x intercept tell us the that the sum of the first 20 terms is 880. 3 a P x 0.12x2 30x 0.1x2 400 0.22x2 30x 400 b The vertex is (68.2, 623), The x intercept is (15.0,0) and (121,0) and the y-intercept is −400. c The x intercepts are the upper and lower bounds for the number of books that can be produced per week such that the company makes a product. d The axis of symmetry is x=68.2. This tells us that in order to maximize profit 68 books should be produced per week. © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions 4 a The vertex is (26,5), the x intercepts are (6,0) and (46,0) and the y intercept is (0,−3.45) b The x intercepts are (6,0) and (46,0). This means that the ball is in the air between the horizontal distances 6m and 46m. 6 46 26 . This means the ball is at the maximum height 2 when it’s at the horizontal distance of 26m c The line of symmetry is x 5 a The vertex is (1.5,9), the t intercepts are (0,0) and (3,0) and the h intercept is (0,0). b The t intercepts are (0,0) and (3,0). The ball is in the air between 0 seconds and 3 seconds. c The axis of symmetry is x 30 1.5 The ball is at the maximum height after 1.5 seconds. 2 Exercise 9D 1 a f x x 2 4x 2 i f 0 2. 2 f x2 x22 4x2 2. f x2 x22 4x2 x2 x2 4 x2 4. 4 0 4 0 Vertex is ,f 2, 2 . 2 2 ii The line of symmetry is x=2. b f x 2x 2 2x 3 i f 0 3. 3 f x2 2x22 2x2 3. f x2 2x22 2x2 2x2 x2 1 x2 1. Vertex is 0.5, f 0.5 0.5,2.5 . ii Line of symmetry is x c 10 0.5. 2 f x 2x2 x 1 x 1 2x 1 i f 0 1. 1 f x2 2x22 x2 1. 0 2x22 x2 x2 2x2 1 . x2 2. © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions Vertex is 0.5, f 0.5 0.5,2.5 . 0.25, f 0.25 0.25,1.125 . ii Line of symmetry is x d 1 0.5 0.25. 2 f x x2 2x 3 i f 0 3 f x2 3 x22 2x2 3. 0 x22 2x2 x2 x2 2 . x2 2. Vertex is (1, f 1 1, 2 . ii Line of symmetry is x e 20 1 2 f x 5x2 x 10 i f 0 10 f x2 10 5x22 x2 10 5x22 x2 0 x2 5x2 1 . x2 0.2 The vertex is 0.1, f 0.1 0.1, 10.05 . ii Line of symmetry is x 2 a 0 0.2 0.1. 2 f 0 1. f x2 0.018x22 0.54x2 1 1 0 0.018x2 x 30 . x2 30. 30 0 Maximum height is f f 15 5.05 metres. 2 b x 0.54 0.542 4 1 0.018 2 0.018 31.7 metres. This is the distance from Zander that the ball hits the ground. c 3 a f 0 1. The y intercept is (0,1), this is the height at which the ball is hit. f 0 1.5 f z 1.5 1.5 0.75z 0.05z 2 z2 15z z z 15 0 , z 15. 15 0 Maximum height is f f 7.5 4.3125. 2 b The axis of symmetry is x = 7.5. c 0 1.5 0.75x 0.05x2 x 0.75 0.752 4 0.05 1.5 2 0.05 16.8 This is the horizontal distance travelled by the shotput while it traveling through the air. d The y intercept is 1.5. This is the height from which the shot put is thrown. 4 a f x 0.06x2 1.2x 0.06x 20 x . © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions 20 0 f f 10 6 metres. 2 Maximum height is b Axis of symmetry is x=10 c The x intercepts are x=0 and x=20. The ball is kicked at 0m and lands on the ground at 20m. 5 a f 0 10.67. f z 10.67 1.67z 0.0417z 2 0 0.0417z 2 1.67z 0.0417z z 40.05 40.05 0 Maximum depth is f 6.05 metres. 2 b x 1.67 1.672 4 0.0417 10.67 2 0.0417 x 32.1 and x 7.98 are the x intercepts. These mean that the parabola part of the ramp starts at 7.98m and ends at 32.1m. 6 a f 0 1 f z 1 1 7.25z 1.875z 2 0 1.875z 2 7.25z 1.875z z 3.973 Maximum height is 3.973 0 f 8.01 m 2 b 0 1 7.25t 1.875t 2 t 7.25 7.252 4 1.875 1 2 1.875 = 4 seconds. 7 a b h 100 2x 50 x 2 A x 50 x c d The x intercepts are x = 0 and x = 50. e The y intercept is y=0. f The axis of symmetry is x 50 0 25 . 2 g The vertex is 25, f 25 25,625 . h The maximum area of the picture frame is 625m2. © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 8 a 96m b f z 96 0.0147z2 2z 96 0.0147z 2 2z 0.0147z z 136.05 0 Maximum height is 136.05 0 f 164 m 2 c 0 0.0147x2 2x 96 x 2 22 4 0.0147 96 2 0.0147 173.66 174m Exercise 9E i a 5 9 45 , (0,45) b x 5 and x 9 , (5,0), (9,0) 9 5 9 5 c The vertex is at ,f 7, 4 2 2 d The axis of symmetry is x = 7 e ii a 0,2 3 1 0, 6 b (−3,0), (1,0) 3 1 3 1 c The vertex is at ,f 1, 8 2 2 d The axis of symmetry is x = −1 e iii a 0, 3 1 3 0, 9 b (1,0), (3,0) 3 1 3 1 c The vertex is at ,f 2,3 2 2 d The axis of symmetry is x = 2 e © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions iv a 0, 2 1 2 0, 4 b (−1,0), (2,0) 2 1 c The vertex is at ,f 2 2 1 0.5, 4.5 2 d The axis of symmetry is x=0.5 e v a 0,1 1 0, 1 b (1,0), (−0.5,0) 1 0.5 1 0.5 c The vertex is at ,f 0.25, 1.125 2 2 d The axis of symmetry is x = 0.25 e © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions Exercise 9F 1 4 a 0 b 0 c c 2 0 a 4 b 4 4 0 4a b 1 2 0 a 1 b 1 4 a b 4 2 5a 5 0. a 1 b 4 1 3. y x2 3x 4 2 6 a 0 b 0 c c 2 0 a 1 b 1 6 a b 6 2 0 a 2 b 2 6 4a 2b 6 2 6a 18 0 a 3 b a6 3 y 3x2 3x 6 3 4 a 0 b 0 c c 2 0 a 4 b 4 4 4a b 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 a b 4 a 2b 16 0 2 2 9a 18 0 a2 b 4 2 1 7 y 2x2 7x 4 4 6 a 2 b 2 c 4a 2b c 2 6 a 4 b 4 c 16a 4b c 2 4 a 3 b 3 c 9a 3b c 2 8 18a 6b 2c 12 8 2a a2 2 2b c 26 4b c 2b 24 b 12 c 22 y 2x2 12x 22 5 − 13 a 0 b 0 c c 2 13 a 10 b 10 13 2 13 100a 10b 10a b 0 © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions 12 a 5 b 5 13 25a 5b 13 2 5 5a b 5a 5 a 1. b 10 y x2 10x 13 6 4 a 0 b 0 c c 2 4 a 2 b 2 4 4a 2b 4 2 2a b 0 6 a 1 b 1 4 a b 4 2 2 ab a 2 b4 y 2x2 4x 4 Exercise 9G 1 x intercept is (−3,0), y intercept is (0,27) 2 x intercepts are (−1.15,0) and the y intercept is (0,3). The maximum is (−0.215,3.11). The minimum is (1.55,0.369) © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions 3 y intercept is (0,0), x intercepts are (−2,0), (0,0) and (3,0), Maximum point is (−1.12,8.12) and the minimum point is (1.79, −16.4) 4 y intercept is (0,20), x intercept is (−0.899,0), No minimum or maximum points. 5 y intercept is (0,0), x intercepts are (−1,0), (0,0) and (4,0), maximum point is (−0.528,3.39), minimum point is (2.53,−39.4) 6 a The equation of the inverse y x3 3 x3 y 3 Inverse is f 1 x 3 x 3 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions b y 4x 3 x3 y 4 Inverse function is f 1 x 3 x 4 3 x 1 . 2 c y 2x 3 1 y 1 2x 3 x3 y 1 2 Inverse function is f 1 x 7 a The x intercepts are (5,0), (2,0), (−1,0). The y intercept is (0,10) b The vertices are (3.73,−10.4) and (0.270,10.4) 3.73 2.70 10.4 10.4 , c The point of rotational symmetry is 2,0 . 2 2 d x is sent to x by this reflection, so the new equation is g x f x x3 6x2 3x 10 Exercise 9H 1 a V 6 2x 8 2x x 4x 3 x 4 x © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions b c The x intercepts are (0,0), (3,0) and (4,0) d The value of x must be between 0 and 3 e The local minimum is (3.54,−3.52) and the local maximum is (1.13,24.3). f V cannot take the value of the local minimum as volume cannot be negative. 2 a b The local maximum is (1.92,10.0) and the local minimum is (6.08,3.99). c The difference in height is 6.01m 3 a b The number of fish after 12 years is N 12 51 . c The minimum number of fish is 43 4 a b The graph does not have a local maximum or minimum c f 20 20 15 4000 4125, 3 f 40 40 15 4000 19625 3 d It is not a suitable model: this predicted number of cases from the model keeps increasing as x increases, while in reality at some point the number of cases will start decreasing. © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions 5 a b The local minimum is −2.76, the local maximum is 11.6 c f 10 6.89 6 a 5.17 b The local maximum is (15.2,13.2) and the local minimum is (33.0,10.9) c Not a suitable model as after 33 minutes the number of bacteria continues to increase and never stops increasing. 7 This is a suitable model for the first 5 seconds, however after this the graph continues increasing indefinitely and so is no longer a suitable model after 5 seconds. 8 a The lowest temperature is 19.2. The highest temperature is 24.7. b f 29 19 f 10 20.7 c The intersections of the two lines occurs when x=0.984, 12.03, 22.71. So the air conditioner must be switched on for 0.984 22.71 12.03 11.7 hours. d This model would not be useful as after 24 hours the graph just continues to decrease while it is very unlikely that the temperature will do this. © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions Exercise 9I 1 a Point of intersection is (1.18,1.82) b The points of intersection are (1,6) and (−1,6) c Points of intersection are (3,10), (0,1) and (−1,−2). 2 The ball is at a height of 8 metres when t = 0.528 and t = 3.35 seconds 3 The arrow is at a height of 10 metres when t = 0.337 and t = 5.60 seconds © Oxford University Press 2019 15 Worked solutions 4 Number of units sold to make a profit of $300 is 18.8 or 19 units and 38.9 or 39 units Exercise 9J 1 pn p kn 21 12k k 7 4 p 7 n 4 Cost for traveling 40km is p 2 a 7 40 70 . 4 $70 AUD d t2 d kt 2 9 4k k 2.25 d 2.25t 2 b d 2.25 5 56.25 metres c 26.01 2.25t 2 2 t2 26.01 2.25 t 3.4 seconds 3 v r3 v kr 3 113.1 27k k 4.189 v 4.189 5 524cm3 3 © Oxford University Press 2019 16 Worked solutions Exercise 9K 1 a m w 1 k w m 150 k k 150 20 3000 20 m 3000 . w b m 3000 200 15 2 a h 1 , p h k p 2 k k 12 6 h 12 p b h 12 1.2 hours. 10 c 4 12 p p 12 3 people 4 3 a y x 2 , k x2 y 3 k k 48 16 y 48 x2 b y 48 48 4 62 36 3 c 12 48 x2 x2 48 4 12 x 2. 4 V 1 p V k p 180 k 20 k 3600 V 3600 p © Oxford University Press 2019 17 Worked solutions 5 V 3600 40m3. 90 c 1 n c k n 10 k 16 k 160 c 160 n c 160 8 pieces. 20 6 a I d 2 I k d2 I1 k 252 I2 k 502 k 2 I1 502 25 4. k I2 252 502 The intensity decreased by a factor of 4. b I3 k 402 k 2 I2 502 50 1.5625. k I3 402 2 40 The intensity increases by a factor of 1.5625 7 a yx 1 2 k y 1 x2 3 k 4 k 12 y 12 1 x2 y 12 4 b 1 2 12 6 2 3 12 1 2 x2 1 x2 12 24 8 3 3 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 18 Worked solutions x 64 Exercise 9L 1 xy x x 6 6 0 6 0 Vertex of f x x(x−6) is at ,f 3, 9 . 2 2 Minimum value is −9 2 a V x 9 2 x 6 2x x 54 30x 4x2 4x3 30x2 54x b Maximum value of V is 28.5cm3 . 3 Maximum daily profit is $120 and 50 cakes are needed to be baked to make it. 4 The maximum profit is $391.11 5 The local maximum is 13.2 million, the local minimum is 10.9 million 6 S 2 r 2 2 rh 5000 V r 2h © Oxford University Press 2019 19 Worked solutions 5000 2 r 2 2V r V 2500r r 3 The radius that gives the maximum volume is 16.3cm, the height is 32.6cm and this gives a maximum volume of 27145cm3. Chapter review 1 a The vertex is 0,2 , the y intercept is 0,2 . The x intercepts are 2,0 , 2,0 . b The y intercept is (0,4), the x intercepts are (1,0) and (4,0) and the vertex is (2.5,−2.25) 2 a b h 400 2x 200 x 2 A x 200 x c d The x intercepts are (0,0) and (200,0). These represent the lower and upper bounds for the width of the picture. 3 a a 1, b 6,c 7 b (0,−7) c (−7,0) and (1,0) d The axis of symmetry is x 1 7 3 2 e The vertex is 3, f 3 3, 16 © Oxford University Press 2019 20 Worked solutions 4 a b f 20 0.00816 20 0.372 20 1.8 5.976 metres. c f 0 1.8 2 f z 1.8 1.8 0.372z 0.00816z 2 0.00816 z 2 0.372z 0.00816 z z 45.59 z 45.59 45.59 0 Maximum height is f 6.04 metres 2 d 0.00816x2 0.372x 1.8 0 x 0.372 0.3722 4 0.00816 1.8 50 metres. 2 0.00816 This is the horizontal distance at which the javelin hits the ground. 5 a The y intercept is 1.9. This is the height at which Anmol lets go of the stone. b h 0 1.9 h z 2.2625z 2 8.575z 1.9 1.9 2.2625z 2 8.575z 2.2625z z 3.79 0 z 3.79 3.79 0 The maximum height is f 10.0 metres 2 c d f 1.9 f 1.8 1.9 1.8 0.204ms1 . It is increasing. 0 2.2625x2 8.575x 1.9 x 6 a i 8.575 8.5752 4 1.9 2.2625 2 2.2625 = 4 seconds. (2,0), (4,0) ii The axis of symmetry is x 42 3. 2 iii The vertex is 3, f 3 3, 3 b i (−1,0), (5,0) ii The axis of symmetry is x 5 1 2. 2 iii The vertex is 2, f 2 2, 36 7 a 6 a 0 b 0 c c 2 0 a 2 b 2 6 4a 2b 6 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 21 Worked solutions 0 a 3 b 3 6 9a 3b 6 2 36a 18b 54 36a 12b 24 30b 30 0 b 1 a 1 y x2 x 6 b 0 a 1 b 1 c a b c 2 0 a 4 b 4 c 16a 4b c 2 50 a 6 b 6 c 36a 6b c 2 0 15a 5b 0 3a b 50 35a 5b 7a b 10 10a 10 a 1 b3 c4 y x2 3x 4 c 5 a 0 b 0 c c 2 10 a 2 b 2 5 4a 2b 5 2 10 a 8 b 8 5 64a 8b 5 2 40 16a 8b 20 50 80a 25 a 15 16 15 15 2b 4 b 45 8 y 15 2 45 x x 5 16 8 8 a The volume of a cylinder is r 2h . 400 r2 b h c A r 2 2 rh d 800 400 A r 2 2 r 2 r 2 r r © Oxford University Press 2019 22 Worked solutions e f The minimum area is 239cm2 when r 5.03cm. 9 a The y intercept is (0,−1) and the x intercept is 3 1 . 2 b The y intercept is (0,3) and the x intercepts are (1,0), (−1,0) and (3,0) 10 a 0 a 1 b 1 c a b c 2 10 a 0 b 0 c c 2 0 a 5 b 5 c 25a 5b 10 2 30a 10 50 0 a2 5b 40 b8 y 2x2 8x 10. b 0 a 2 b 2 c 4a 2b c 2 0 a 4 b 4 c 16a 4b c 2 0 24a 3c 24 a 0 b 0 c c 2 a 3 © Oxford University Press 2019 23 Worked solutions 2b 12 24 12 b6 y 3x2 6x 24 11 a b f 5 0.04 5 0.9 5 7 5 70 3 2 52.5. = 53 lilies. c f 12 0.04 12 0.9 12 7 12 70 46.48 = 46 lilies. 2 2 d The maximum number of lilies is 70 in 2000. e The minimum number of lilies is 0 in 2018. f There are 60 lilies in 2001 12 a, b c The lights meet the handrail at (4.39,1) and (25.65,1). d The length of lights required is 25.65−4.39 = 21.3 metres. 13 a ds d ks b 100 1.25k k 80 d 80s. d 80 2 160 km c 14 a 300 80s s 300 3.75 hours 80 p 1 n p k n 6 k k 12 2 p 12 n © Oxford University Press 2019 24 Worked solutions b p 12 4 pieces 3 c 3 12 n n 12 4 children. 3 15 a From GDC, maximum height is 2.38 m b M1 A1 x 1.07 H 1.07 1.073 A1 1.07 . So ball just goes over the net. c Choose X as being the value when y 0 R1 M1 From GDC X 14.86 A1 This is sensible, since if X 14.86 , then H 0 , making no sense with regard to the model. R1 1 16 F 2 r k F 2 r So k Fr 2 980 63702 980 63702 i.e. F r2 11 km above the earth’s surface, r 6370 11 6381 km 980 63702 So F 977 N 63812 17 a Substituting t 0 into P x gives P 0 £10850 b Maximum salary occurs when t 40 and is £53990 c From GDC, P 35 t 7, 24, 32 years d Salary decreases for 28.4 13.6 14.8 years. 14.8 0.37 40 18 a y 0.34x2 5.04x 4.82 b 12.1 2.72 9.38 months M1 A1 A1 A1 M1A1 A1A1 A3 M1A1 A1 A3 M1A1 c The maximum height of the quadratic curve is only 23.5 C , compared to 26 C in real life. R1 When x 1 , the quadratic curve gives a reading of 9.5 C , some way off the actual 13 C . R1 19 a A2 © Oxford University Press 2019 25 Worked solutions b 50 ferrets c 0 t 9.2 42.8 t 72.2 A1 A2A2 1 k l f f k lf 400 13 5200 When l 10 , k 5200 f 520 Hz l 10 M1A1 M1 20 l A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 26 Worked solutions 10 Modelling rates of change: exponential and logarithmic functions Skills check 1 a 42 49 411. b 58 56 52 2 a 0.03 24 0.72 b 0.28 150 42 4 2i 2 4 8 16 30 3 a b i 1 6 k 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 39 . k 1 Exercise 10A 1 a 2 b u15 3 214 3 16384 49152 2 a 1.2 b l12 0.5 1.211 3.72m c Unlikely to be accurate, as the plant cannot grow indefinitely or live forever. 3 27r 2 3 a r2 r 1 9 1 3 x 27 1 3 b 4 a 1 9 3 c u8 27 1 1 7 3 81 50 10 5. 5. The ratio between successive terms is the same, so it is a geometric 10 2 sequence. b f7 2 56 31250 c f365 2 5364. This answer is unlikely to be correct as it is likely to be far larger than the population of the town. 5 u2 u1r 32. u4 u1r 3 2. r2 1 16 1 4 r u1 u2 128. r Exercise 10B 1 a p1 200000. p3 200000r 2 264500 r2 264500 1.3225. 200000 r 1.15 p2 200000 1.15 230000. b p5 200000 1.154 349801 c Probably as the population in the world is also increasing. © Oxford University Press 2018 Teacher notes 1 Worked solutions 2 p1 2.20, r 1.0265. p5 2.20 1.02654 2.44. US$2.44 3 v1 45000, r 0.95 v7 45000 0.956 33079.14. 33079.14 Euros. 4 a v1 15000, r 0.88 v4 15000 0.883 10222.08. b 10222.08 euros. 5000 15000 0.88n 0.88n 1 3 n 8.59 years. Exercise 10C 1 a 2 a b 6 3. 2 Common ration is 3. 5 p6 2500 1.02 2760.20. S12 2500 1.02 1 30421.79 1.02 1 p8 12000 1.0127 13045 4 a a3 a1r 2 8. S10 59048 2 310 1 3 1 EGP 2760.20 12 3 a b EGP 33530.22 1.0128 1 100130 1.012 1 b S8 12000 c 1 8 4 1 S8 2 10922.5 4 1 a5 a1r 4 128. r 2 16 r 4. b 5 a b 6 a 7 a1 8 1 . 16 2 1 a8 47 8192 2 f2 270000 1.04 280800. S6 270000 f3 280800 1.04 292032 6 1.04 1 1790903.38 1.04 1 f2 75 1.02 76.50 euros b S5 75 1.025 1 390.30 euros 1.02 1 36 1.5 r 24 1.5 9 S9 24 8 a 1797.28 1 1.5 1 6000 3 r. 8000 4 m6 8000 3 / 4 1898.44 CAD 5 b 9 S6 8000 3 3 r. 1 0.756 1 26304.69 CAD 0.75 1 19683 3n 1 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions n 10 S10 10 a 310 1 29524 3 1 c16 500 1.0115 580 b S15 500 1.0115 1 8048 1.01 1 Exercise 10D 1 Merel: 5000 5000 0.045 15 8375 Misty: 5000 1.04415 9538.44 . Misty has more money at the end of 15 years 2 a b a9 500000000 1.0328 643291158.90 2 1.032n n 22.01 years 3 a 5066.55 4500 1 r 5 (1 r )5 1.1259 r 2.400 2.4% b 8000 4500 1.024n 1.024n 16 9 n 24.26 25 years 4 1500 1000 1.075n 1.075n 1.5 n 5.61 It will take 6 years. 5 a b h6 5000 1.0125 5307.29 5307.29 euros 5675.33 5307.19 1 r 5 1 r 5 1.06935 r 1.35 1.35% Exercise 10E 127 1 a 0.046 FV 8000 1 12 11032.28 MYR11032.28 12 n b 0.046 2 1 12 12n 181.167 n 15.1 years 2 a b 0.034 FV 3500 1 4 0.034 4000 x 1 4 46 4288.34 euros 46 © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions x 3265 euros. c 0.034 2 1 4 4 n 4n 81.89 n 20.47 21 years 24 3 a 0.05 FV 40000 1 2 48736.12 SGD48736.12 12 4 b 0.049 FV 48736.12 1 12 59265.14 0.038 4 Mr Chen: FV 20000 1 4 SGD59265.14 45 24163.31 Mrs Chang: FV 20000 1 0.039 24216.30 5 Mrs Chang earns more. 1210 5 a 0.04 FV 400 1 12 596.33 £596.33 12 n b 0.04 2 1 12 12n 208.29 n 17.35 18 years 120 6 r 2 1 1200 1 r 1.00579 1200 r 6.95 0.026 7 a Colin: FV 1500 1 4 46 1752.35 126 0.0255 Ryan: FV 1500 1 12 1747.70 Kyle: FV 1500 1 0.0275 1765.15 6 Kyle has the most. 12 n b 0.0255 2500 1500 1 12 12n 240.64 n 20.05 21 years c 2 1 0.0275 n n 25.55 26 years Exercise 10F © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 1 FV 77434.02 . 1500 1.035 30 1 0.035 guaranteed interest rate for 30 years. £77434.02 It is a good investment as she has a 2 0.028 60 2500 1 ) 1 12 160806.57 . FV 0.028 12 3 P 4 0.048 6000 12 P £112.68 Any sensible reason for either choice. 60 0.048 1 1 12 0.06 25000 1 1 0.06 5 500 MXN160806.67. 3396.70 euros 10 0.008 PV 60 1 1 0.008 0.008PV 190.017 PV 23752.11 . £23752.11 6 0.009 20000 P 1 1 0.009 120 273.24 US$273.24 Saving for pension or any other sensible reason. Exercise 10G 2012 1 a 0.05 0.05 1 12 12 A 150000 989.93 2012 0.05 1 1 12 989.93 euros 1012 b 0.05 0.05 1 12 12 A 150000 1590.98 1012 0.05 1 1 12 1590.98 euros c The difference in monthly payments is 601.05 euros. In the 20 years case, the total amount payed is 240 989.93 237583.20 euros so the total amount of interest payed is 87583.20 euros. In the 10 year case the total amount payed is 120 1590.98 190917 and so the interest paid is 40917.60 euros. 3012 0.023 0.023 1 12 12 2 A 350000 3012 0.023 1 1 12 amount for a mortgage. 3 A 4 2000 0.04 1 0.04 5 1 0.04 A 28000 5 1 449.25 , 449.25 euros 125 0.1 0.1 1 12 12 125 0.1 1 12 1346.80 , £1346.80 per month. This is a reasonable 594.91 , US$594.91. This seems a reasonable amount per 1 month. © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions Exercise 10H 1 a (0,2) b y=1 c Increasing 2 a (0,−2) b y = −3 c Decreasing 3 a (0,1) b y=0 c Increasing 4 a (0,3) b y=2 c Increasing 5 a (0,−2) b y = −5 c Increasing 6 a (0,7) b y=3 c Decreasing 7 a (0,4) b y = −1 c Increasing 8 a (0,1) b y = −1 c Decreasing Exercise 10I 1 a f 0 2 1.1 2. 0 b f 10 2 1.1 c 2 1.1 10. 10 2m 5.187 5.187m t t 16.89 weeks f 0 130 0.85 130 grams b f 4 130 0.85 67.86 g y 0 d 1 0.85x x 4.265 years 2 b T 0 70 21 91 c T 5 70 1.45 d 50 70 1.45 f 21oC 2 a c 0 4 3 a 1.45 x x 5 21 31.92 21 70 29 x 2.37 minutes e y = 21 4 a 36000 34200 100 5% 36000 b V 36000 0.956 26463.31. c £26463.31 n 20000 36000 0.95 0.95n 5 9 n 11.46 years d y=0 5 a 55000000 50000000 100 10 % 50000000 b K 50000000 1.13 66550000 Kangaroos c 2 1.1n n 7.273 2025 © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions 6 a b Exponential c f x mbx f 1 mb 5. b16 f 17 mb17 92. 92 92 b 16 1.19964... 1.20 5 5 5 m 1.19964.. m 4.16791... 4.17 y 4.17 1.20 . x d 4.17 1.20 10 25.8 This is a reasonable estimate. 7 a b Linear decay c From GCD: y 4.61x 49.6 d 4.61 10 49.6 3.5 minutes Exercise 10J 1 a b f 0 e0 1. f x 10 x 2.30 2 a b f 2 102 100 f x 500 2.70 weeks c f x 2000 x 3.30 weeks 3 a 2 log3 2.48 b 101 x 10. c 4 a 103 x 1000 0.5 ln3 1.60 b x e4.2 66.7 c x log3 5 1.46 5 a b f 0 4 e0 4 1 5 f x 150 4 ex © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions ex 146 x ln 146 4.98. Around 5 minutes. Chapter review 1 a 2 5 2.5. 2 Common ratio is 2.5 b a8 2 2.57 c S8 78125 . 64 130123 2 2.58 1 2.5 1 64 5 350 0.88 184.71. 3 a $184.71 4 a3 a1r 2 363000 a5 a1r 439230. r 2 1.21 r 1.1 so 10% per year 363000 300000. 1.21 b a1 c a9 300000 1.18 643076.64 euros. 4 a She paid 300000 euros. 6 3 r. 2 118098 r n 1 59049 2 n 11 b 5 a b S11 2 311 1 177146 3 1 9500 1.0116 9610.20 . 9610.20 1.0114 9719.76. £9610.20 £9719.76 126 6 a 0.0235 FV PV 1 12 3453.80 SGD 3453.80 12 n b 0.0235 5000 3000 1 12 12 n 3 0.0235 1 5 12 12n 261.10 n 21.76 22 years 24 r 7 5179.27 4500 1 400 24 r 1.15094 1 400 r 1 1.00587 400 r 2.35 % © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 0.04 4000 12 73.67 euros 5 x12 0.04 1 1 12 rPV 8 P 9 60 0.025 0.025 6500 1 12 P r 1 r 12 A 115.36 euros n 60 0.025 1 r 1 1 1 12 1 1 r 10 a b n n f 5 24000 1.125 42296 2 1.12n n 6.12 7 years 11 a T 0 21 74 1.2 95 0 b T 10 21 74 1.2 c 40 21 74 1.2 1.2 x 10 = 32.95 x 74 19 x 7.46 minutes. d 21oC 12 a y = 16 b f 0 4 2.30 16 4 16 20. 0,20 13 a b f 7 4 e7 1100 people 25000 4 en n ln24996 10.13 11 days 14 a b h 4 0.25 log 2 4 1.15 m 2 0.25 log 2t 101.75 2t 56.23 t 28.1 29 weeks 15 6 k k 2 12 k 6 k M1 k k 3 0 M1 k 0 or k 3 For k 3 the sequence is constant Hence, k 0 an 6n 6 16 a 100000 0.05 10 US$50000 b 100000 1.0510 100000 US$62889.46 A1A1 R1 A1 M1A1 M1A1 1012 c 5 100000 1 100 12 17 a i 100000 US$64700.95 Use Financial APP with M1A1 M1 n = 20 © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions i% = 12.8 PV = 20000 PMT = FV = 0 PpY = 4 CpY = 4 Answer PMT =SOL 1369.29 (2 d.p.) ii PMT 20 SOL 27385.89 (2 d.p.) iii SOL 7385.89 (2 d.p.) A1 M1A1 A1 b i 400 60 0.1 20000 SOL 26000 ii 10% deposit = SOL 2000; borrowed SOL 18 000 Use Financial APP with M1A1 R1 M1 n = 60 i% = PV = 18000 PMT = -400 FV = 0 PpY = 12 CpY = 12 R =11.96 (2 d.p.) A1 c If Carlos has 10% of the money the option B is better as he can save SOL 1385.89. A1R1 (If he does not have the deposit amount then he must choose option A.) 18 a A1 b 2 A1 c 12 A1 d y 16 A1 e x 2 A1 f y 16 A1 19 a b A1 shape A1 domain T 6 25 e0.46 36.1°C (1 d.p.) A1 c Solve 25 e0.4t 100 M1 t 10.793... A1 10 hours 47 minutes 37 seconds A1 20 a M1A1 b © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions Scales A1A1 Points A1 Labels A1 R1 M1A1 c Linear model d log N a bt N t 10a bt N t 10a 10b A t M1A1 B e Determine coefficients of regression line log N a bt a 1.9181..., b 0.06716... 1.9181... A 10 82.8 A1 1.17 A1 0.06716... B 10 21 a b M1A1A1 N 0 35 A1 N 4 410 M1A1 c N t 1000 M1 d t 5.449... 0 t 5.45 A1 A1 22 Option 1: 10000 10 $100000 A1 Option 2: 2500 2 2000 9 5 US$115000 Option 3: 100 10 2 1 US$102300 2 1 Option 2 has the greatest total value 23 a i ii b T5 73.205 thousand taxis M1A1 M1A1 A1 M1A1 Tn 100 n 9 M1 2019 A1 M1A1 P10 2.1873705... 2.187 million people A1 c Adjust units R1 i P5 106 28.4 people per taxi; T5 103 M1A1 ii P10 106 18.6 people per taxi. T10 103 A1 d The model predicts a reduction of the number of people per taxi which may mean that the taxis are in use for less hours or less taxis are used everyday. R1 24 a i ii b 3 f 0 2 2 2 2 2.67 3 2.67,0 3 x 2 3 2 1 M1 A1 y 1 2 M1 x 2 M1 y 1 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions y log3 x 2 1 M1A1 2 g x log3 x 2 1 2 c i ii d y 2 A1 x 1 A1 x 1 A1 e Use GDC solver or intersection of graphs M1 A1 x 2.16 25 a i 2 min 16 sec A1 ii 2 minutes 6 seconds = 126 seconds 126 1.042 136.28...sec 2min16 sec b Katharina´s time: 126 2 9 5 5 1485sec 24min45sec Carolina´s time: 126 10 1.04 1 1512.77 sec 25min13 sec 1.04 1 A1 M1A1A1 M1A1 M1A1 c 28 seconds A1 26 a Each year, the new annual salary is obtained by multiplying the previous salary by the same constant. R1 R 1.05 A1 20 1.052 COP 22.05 million 1.0510 1 COP 251.5578... million c 20 1.05 1 COP 251 558 000 (nearest thousand pesos) b d M1A1 M1A1 A1 2 20 9x 10 251.5578... 2 M1A1 x 1.14573001... million pesos M1A1 x 1145730 pesos (nearest peso) A1 n 1 e Original offer annual salary: un 20 1.05 A1 Alternative scheme annual salary: vn 20 1.14573 n 1 A1 Use GDC to tabulate values or solve vn un M1 vn un n 7 A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions 11 Modelling periodic phenomena: trigonometric functions Skills check 1 a2 b2 c2 52 b2 132 b2 169 25 144 PR 12 m ˆ sin1 5 22.6o. P 13 ˆ sin1 12 67.4o . Q 13 2 h 73 tan 43 68.1 3 a b Solution for Solution for x 0 is 11.5 t 0 is 2.08 Exercise 11A 1 a 30 25.4. So the values of are 70 25.4, 180 25.4, 180 25.4, 360 25.4. sin1 All possible values are 25.4o , 155o , 205o , 335o. b sin1 20 16.6. The values are: 90 16.6 73.4o and 270 16.6 287o. 70 2 a i ii Solutions are o o Solutions are 1 45 , 225 . b i ii 1 45, iii Solutions are 2 53.1 ,126.9 . o o 3 95.7o ,264.3o. x, y 70sin 45 ,70 cos 45 49.5, 49.5 1 225 x, y (70sin 225 ,70 cos 225 49.5, 49.5 2 53.1 x, y 70 sin 53.1 ,70 cos 53.1 56.0, 42.0 2 126.9 iii 3 95.7 3 264.3 x, y 70 sin 126.9 ,70 cos 126.9 56.0, 42.0 x, y 70 sin 95.7 ,70 cos 95.7 69.7, 6.95 x, y 70 sin 264.3 ,70 cos 264.3 69.7, 6.95 © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 3 a T 4 11cos 30 4 7.5 13 b The temperature will be zero in the middle of February and November. 4 a D 5.5 1.8 sin 30 5.5 12.3 12.8 m b Depth of 10.9 after 7.7 hours, 10.2 hours, 19.7 hours and 22.3 hours. Exercise 11B 1 a Amplitude is 3, period is 90o, y = 1 is principal axis and the range is y : 2 y 4 b Amplitude is 0.5, period is 720o, principal axis is y = −3 and range is y : 3.5 y 2.5 c Amplitude is 7.1, period is 120o, principal axis is y = 1 and the range is y : 6.1 y 8.1 d Amplitude is 5, period is 720o, principal axis is 7 = 8.1 and the range is y : 3.1 y 13.1 2 a a=2 b a = 1, b = 2 c a = 3, b = 0.5, d = −1 3 a b=2 b a = −3, d = 1 c a = 2.5, b = 0.5, d = 0 4 a b i 5 a b 5.2 1 3.1. 2 t t d s 5.2 1 2.1. 2 ii s r iii 4.6 6.2 4.6 6.2 0.8. a 5.4. 2 2 90 45. 2 360 8 r b 180 90. 2 a is the highest amount above sea level. b is the number of cycles in 6 hours. d is sea level. 6 a b r = 10, s 360 72 5 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions 7 You can draw a sample space diagram for the sum of a and d, the only parameters to affect the maximum and minimum of the function, as follows: a d 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 There are three possibilities in a sample space of 12 with a maximum greater than five, 3 hence the probability required is = 0.25 12 Exercise 11C 1 a b a 13.4 4.1 4.65. 2 d 13.4 4.1 8.75. 2 b 360 45 20 12 y 4.65 sin 45x 8.75 2 a b a 10.1 4 3.05, 2 d 10.1 4 7.05, 2 b 360 30. 12 The data is modelled by y 3.05 cos 30x 7.05 c 1 21 cos1 3.67 , between 0000 and 0340 hours and between 0820 and 1200 hours. 30 61 3 a © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions b a 0.9961, b 360 150000, 6 104 4 d 0. D t 0.9961sin 150000t c D 0.00011 0.9961sin 150000 0.00011 0.283 decibels d D 0.002 0.9961sin 150000 0.002 0.863 decibels e Part c is more reliable as 0.00011 falls within the given data range while 0.002 is outside of it. 4 a a 10.1 5.31 2.395, 2 d 10.1 5.31 7.705, b 1 2 y 2.395 cos 7.705. b AD2 AB2 BD2 2 AB BD cos 180 AD 65.05 36.96 cos 180 c Model is a reasonable fit, but cannot be accurate as the cosine rule depends on two angles and not just one. 5 a Month(t) Rise Set 0 11.33 15.7 1 10.15 17.22 2 8.62 18.72 3 6.78 20.27 4 5.02 21.82 5 3.4 23.45 6 3.08 23.95 7 4.57 22.57 8 6.15 20.78 9 7.58 19.00 10 9.15 17.22 11 10.73 15.82 This is necessary so that they can be graphed on the cartesian plane, which uses decimal notation. b r: a 11.33 3.08 4.125, b 2 360 30, 12 d 11.33 3.08 7.205 2 r t 4.125cos 30t 7.205 s: a 23.95 15.7 4.125, 2 b 360 30, 12 d 23.95 15.7 19.825 2 s t 4.125cos 30t 19.825 © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions c i Around 3 months or 90 days ii Around 6 months have at least 12 hours while around 4 have no more than 18. So 1 around of the year has at least 12 hours but no more than 18 4 6 a a 6.87 4.88 0.995, 2 b 360 30, 12 d 6.87 4.88 5.875 2 r t 0.995cos 30t 5.875 b Karim can arrive at least 1 hour before sunset without arriving earlier than 0500 between the dates of 7th October through to the following year on 24th March. 7 a a 30 0 15, 2 b 360 6000, 0.06 d 30 15 2 y 15 cos 6000t 15 b The dot travels 30 cm in 0.06s. So the speed of the fan is 30 500 cms 1 . 0.06 Chapter review 1 Solutions are t = 499 and 581 2 a 3 y cos 3x 1. b y 3 sin 0.5x 1 c y sin x 3 a x is not periodic. b x is not periodic. c x 3 2 cos x 6 cos x . o Period is 360 , amplitude is 6 and the principal axis is y = 0. d x 2cos 3x . Period is 120o, amplitude is 2, the principal axis is y = 0. 4 a b a 3 1 2 2, b 360 270 180 2 2, d 3 1 1. y 2 cos 2x 1. 2 1 5 a Maximum value is 18.77m and the minimum value is 17.83m b First time after 19s to reach 18m is 19.63s. © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions 6 a 30 6 16 6 360 30 6 16 6 x 14 or 8, b ,d 14. y 8 sin 2 2 102 17 2 17 a 30 y 8 sin x 14 17 b F = (204,14), A = (255,22) 7 a Minimum is 1.8 A1 Maximum is 6.4 A1 b Using GDC M1 x 268 A1 x 452 A1 5.5 1.5 3.5 . Hence p 3.5 2 8 The principal axis is The amplitude is 5.5 1.5 2 . Hence q 2 2 The period is 120 : 120 360 r M1A1 M1A1 M1 Hence r 3 , So y 3.5 2 cos3x A1 9 a M1A1A1 b y 0 A1 c f x 5 when x 48.6 , 86.4 , 137 , 176 M1A1 Solution is therefore 48.6 x 86.4 and 137 x 176 A1A1 10 The amplitude is 3 M1 Hence p 3 A1 The period is 81 9 90 90 M1 360 q A1 Hence q 4 A1 So y 3 sin 4x r y 0 when x 36 (equidistant from 9 and 81 ) So 0 3 sin 144 r M1 So sin 144 r 0 and the first positive root is when r 36 Therefore y 3 sin 4x 36 11 a b M1 A1 0.3 A1 yMIN 5.4 A1 First occurs when 12.5x 180 M1 © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions x 180 14.4 12.5 c Period A1 360 = 28.8 12.5 M1A1 12 a M1A1 b The principal axis is The amplitude is 16 4 10 . Hence p 10 2 M1A1 16 4 6 .Hence q 6 2 M1A1 The period is 2 60 120 120 M1 360 r A1 Hence r 3 . So y 10 6 sin3x A1 13 Amplitude 2 , so b 2 A1 At 60 ,5 , 5 a 2 M1A1 So a 3 A1 Therefore y 3 2 sin cx By symmetry, the curve goes through the point 180 ,1 M1 So 1 3 2 sin 180c A1 1 sin 180c 180c 270 Therefore c A1 3 2 A1 3x Therefore y 3 2 sin 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions 14 a D 22 12 = 17 2 M1A1 A 22 12 =5 2 M1A1 The period is 360 24 B M1 Therefore B 15 A1 So T 5 sin 15 t C 17 At 3,12 , 12 5sin 15 t C 17 1 sin 15 3 C M1 15 3 C 90 A1 C 9 A1 Therefore T 5 sin 15 t 9 17 b Solving T 5 sin 15 t 9 17 and T 20 by GDC Solutions are T 18.54 and T 11.46 M1 A1A1 18.54 11.46 7.08 hours 7 hours 5 minutes © Oxford University Press 2019 A1 8 Worked solutions 12 Analysing rates of change: differential calculus Skills check 1 a 2 x 5 3x 2 3x2 13x 10 y b 6x3 7x2 5x 1 11 x 2 3 Volume: 32 cm3, surface area: 16 8 13 cm2 4 a x 5 b x 1 5 20 Exercise 12A a i ii y 0 y 0 at x 1 (the tangent to y is stationary at x 1 ). iii The function is stationary for any value of x. b i ii y 4 y 4 at x 1 (the tangent to y is increasing at x 1 ). iii Since y 4 0, the function is increasing for any value of x. c i ii df 3 2x 2 1 6 x dx df 6 at x 1 (the tangent to f x is increasing at x 1 ). dx iii The function is increasing when 6x 0. This is equivalent to x 0. d i ii df 5 2x 2 1 3 10x 3 dx df 10 1 3 7 at x 1 (the tangent to f x is increasing at x 1 ). dx iii The function is increasing when 10x 3 0 x e i ii 3 . 10 df 3 4x 4 1 7 12x 3 7 dx df 12 13 7 19 at x 1 (the tangent to f x is increasing at x 1 ). dx iii The function is increasing when 12x3 7 0. This inequality can re-arranged to x 3 or x 3 f 7 , 12 7 0.836 (3 s.f.) 12 i df 5 4x 4 1 3 x2 1 2 20x3 6 x 2 dx ii df 20 13 6 1 2 16 at x 1 (the tangent to f x is increasing at x 1 ). dx iii The function is increasing when 20x3 6x 2 0. The function g x 20x3 6x 2 has a single root at x 0.670 (which is found by solving g x 0 ). Therefore, the derivative f x is increasing when x 0.670 . © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions g i ii First note that y 2x2 3x 1 , so y x 2 2x21 3 1 x 11 4x 3x 2 4x y 4 1 3 4 3 7 at x 1 (the tangent to y is increasing at x 1 ). 12 iii The function is increasing when 4x 3 3 0. Solving 4x 2 0 (for x 0 ) shows that the 2 x x equation y 0 has a single root at x xr 3 x xr , 4x 3 . When 4 3 3 0, when x xr , 4x 2 0 (this can be verified using, for example, a x2 x graphical calculator). Therefore, the function y 2x 2 h i ii 3 3 is increasing when x 3 . 4 x First write y 6x 3 4x 3 . Therefore, y 6 3 x 31 4 18x 4 4 y 3 x2 18 4 x4 18 4 14 at x 1 (the tangent to y is decreasing at x 1 ). 14 iii The function g x 18 4 has roots ( g x 0 ) at x 1.46 . When x 1.46, g x 0 , x4 when 1.46 x 1.46, g x 0 , and when x 1.46, g x 0 . Therefore, the function y i 6 4x 3 is increasing when x 1.46 and when x 1.46. x3 i First expand: y 2x 1 3x 4 6x2 5x 4 , so y 12x 5 . ii y 12 1 5 17 at x 1 (the tangent to y is increasing at x 1 ). iii y is increasing when y 12x 5 0 , which may be re-arranged to x j 5 . 12 i Expand: f x 2x 4 8x2 10x , so f x 8x3 16x 10 . ii f 1 8 13 16 1 10 18 (the tangent to f x is decrease\ng at x 1 ). iii The only solution of f x 0 is x 1.66 . Therefore, f x 0 ( f is increasing) when x 1.66. k i First write y 7x 3 8x 4 6x2 2 . Then y 3 7 x 31 8 4x 41 6 2x21 21x 4 32x3 12x . ii y 21 32 13 12 1 1 at x 1 (the tangent to y is decreasing at x 1 ). 14 iii y 0 has a single solution x 1.01 , with y 0 when x 1.01 and y 0 when x 1.01. Therefore y is increasing when x 1.01. Exercise 12B 1 a dA 2 r 2 1 2 r dr 2 a dP 0.056 2c21 5.6 0.112c 5.6 dc b When c 20, b dA 2 2 4 when r 2. dr dP dP 0.112 20 5.6 3.36 , when c 60, 0.112 60 5.6 1.12 . dc dc c At the larger number of sales, selling more cupcakes will actually decrease profit, whilst it will increase profit at the lower value. 3 a f t 80 2t 21 160 160t 160 160 t 1 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions b The function f t represents the velocity of the bungee jumper. c f 0.5 160 0.5 1 80, f 1.5 160 1.5 1 80. At these times, the bungee jumper is travelling at the same speed, but in opposite directions (moving away from start point at t 0.5 and towards the start point at t 1.5 ). d f 2 160 2 1 160 f 0 . The bungee jumper passes through the start point at the same speed that he left at – this is unrealistic; some energy will be lost overcoming, for example, air resistance. 4 f x 3x2 2x 2 . The gradient at A and B is 3, so the x -co-ordinates of these points satisfy 3 f x 3x2 2x 2 3x2 2x 1 0. This equation has solutions x1 1, x2 The 1 . 3 corresponding y co-ordinates are y1 f 1 1 1 2 1 2 , and 3 3 2 2 2 22 1 1 1 y2 f . 3 27 3 3 3 1 22 The co-ordinates of points A and B are 1, 2 and , . 3 27 5 The pink line has a gradient of m tan1 45 1. Also note that h x 2 0.2x . Therefore, the pink and purple lines meet where the gradient of the purple line equals the gradient of the pink line: m 2 0.2x x 5. The point of intersection has y co-ordinate of h 5 2 5 0.1 52 7.5 - the point is 7.5 m above the ground. Exercise 12C 1 At x 3, y f 3 2 32 4 14 . Also, f x 4x so the gradient of the tangent at x 3 is m f 3 12 . Therefore, the tangent at x 3 has equation y 14 12 x 3 y 12x 22. 2 The y -co-ordinate of the point of contact is y f 1 12 2 1 . Also, f x 2x 2 , so the gradient of the tangent at x 1 is f 1 2 2 0 . Therefore, the tangent at x 1 (i.e. the equation of the plank) is simply the constant function y 1. 3 a f x 4x f 1 4; the gradient of the wheel at x 1 is −4. b The gradient of the spoke is therefore 1 1 . 4 4 4 First find the gradient m of the tangent to f x at x 1 : f x 6x 4, so m f 1 2 . The normal at this point has gradient of y 4 1 1 . Therefore, the equation of the normal at 1, 4 is m 2 1 x 9 x 1 y 2 2 . 2 5 At x 2, y 24 6 2 3 7. The derivative of y is y x 4x3 6 , so the gradient of the tangent at x 2 is m 4 23 6 26 . The tangent, therefore, has equation y 7 26 x 2 y 26x 45 and the normal (which has gradient 1 / m ) has equation y 7 6 1 92 x x 2 y 13 26 . 26 f x 2x , so the gradient of the tangents at x 2, x 2 are m1 4, m2 4 (respectively). The equations of the normals are, therefore, y 22 1 1 9 x 2 y 4 x 2 and 4 1 1 9 x 2 y 4 x 2 . The normals therefore meet at x 0 (by setting the two 4 9 9 normals equal to each other); at this point y : the fountain will be placed at 0, . 4 4 y — 22 © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions 7 a b f 15 58. 8 = f 35 . Also, f x 0.224x 5.6 , so f 15 2.24, f 35 2.24. Therefore, the normal at x 15 has equation y f 15 normal at x 35 has equation y f 35 1 x 15 y 65.5 0.446x and the f 15 1 x 35 y 43.1 0.446x . f 35 c The normal meet where 43.1 0.446x 65.5 0.446x 22.4 0.892x x 25.1 (3 s.f.). At this point, y 43.1 0.446 25 54.3. d Yes, position is within the park. 8 f x 2ax 3 . Since f 2 7, then 4a 3 7 a 1. Then b f 2 a 22 3 2 1 9. 9 First find k using the fact that f 1 2 1 k 3 k 1 (since f x 2x k ). Then b f 1 12 k 3 5 . 10 Since y 2 when x 1, then we must have 2 a b 1. Also, the gradient of the tangent at x 1 is y ' 1 2a b (since y x 2ax b ). Therefore, the normal at x 1 has gradient 1 1 1 and hence 1 2a b 1. We need to simultaneously solve 2a b y 1 2a b 2 a b 1 and 2a b 1; the solution is a 2, b 5 . Exercise 12D 1 a d 3 4 47 y 3 196 y 3 55 36 b y 3 1 ln3 2.10 (3 s.f.). c f 3 e y 3 7e6 2824 f g 3 672 Exercise 12E 1 a f t 7.25 2 1.875t 7.25 3.75t b At the stationary point, f t 7.25 3.75t 0 t 1.93 (3 s.f.). At this time, f t 1 7.25 1.93 1.875 1.93 8.01 (3 s.f.): the stationary point is at 1.93,8.01 . 2 c When t 1.93, then 3.75t 7.25 so f t 0 and when t 1.93, then 3.75t 7.25 , so f t 0 , hence t 1.93 s is a maximum. 2 a © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions b P 2 0.08 23 1.9 22 15.2 2 18.04, P 3 0.08 33 1.9 32 15.2 3 22.56. The 22.56 18.04 4.52 ; 32 the average rate of change between x 2 and x 3 is 4.52 thousands of dollars per million units sold. gradient of the chord between 2, P 2 and 3, P 3 is therefore m c P x 0.24x2 3.8x 12.5 , so P 3 3.26, P 8 2.54, P 13 3.66. These represent the instantaneous rate of change of profit with respect to units sold. d The instantaneous rate of change is negative when P x 0 and positive when P x 0. The equation P x 0 has solutions x 4.66,11.2 . Therefore, the instantaneous rate of change is negative when 4.66 x 11.2 and instantaneous rate of change is positive when x 4.66 and x 11.2. This means that profit increases with more sales when x 4.66 and x 11.2 but profit will decrease with more sales when 4.66 x 11.2. e The instantaneous rate of change is zero when x 4.66,11.2 . f At the points where P x 0 (i.e. x 4.66,11.2 ), then P x 25.1,14.1 (respectively). We can see from the sketch that the gradient function P ' x changes sign at these points, i.e. they are indeed (local) maxima and minima. 3 The maximum height is f 4 at t 6. 4 Find the stationary points of the profit function by solving P n 0.112n 5.6 0 n 50. (Note that when n 50, P n 0 and when n 50, P n 0 so this is indeed a maximum). At this point, the profit is P 50 US$120 . 5 a i 4 : the stationary points of P n occur (for 0 n 5 ) at n 1.82. n 1 This is a local minimum and there are no other stationary points for 0 n 5 , so the maximum profit occurs at either n 0 or n 5 (in this range). Since P n 0.5n 1.5 P 0 5.5, P 5 4.67 then, under this model, they should buy no parts to maximise profit! (The profit will be 55000 EUR). ii n3 5n2 6n 4 : the stationary points of P n occur (for 0 n 5 ) at n 2 3 2 2 1 (local maximum) and n 3 (local minimum), with P 2 , P 3 . Also, 3 2 31 P 0 4, P 5 . Therefore, under this model, the profit is maximised by buying 5000 6 parts, which gives a profit of 51667 EUR. P n n3 5n2 3n : the stationary point of P n occurs (for 0 n 5 ) at n 4 (local 24 8 14 maximum), with P 4 . There are no other turning points in 0 n 5 so this local 3 maximum is at the maximum value of P n on 0 n 5 . Therefore, under this model, iii P n the factory should by 4000 parts, which gives a profit of 46666 EUR. b They should adopt the first strategy. 6 y x 0.324x3 2.67x2 5.74x 3 . By solving y x 0, we find stationary points at x 0.776 (local max), x 5.15 (local max) and x 2.31 (local min). Since y 0.776 0.986,y 5.15 3.92 then we determine that the maximum height on the route is 392. © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions Exercise 12F 1 a The volume of a cylinder is the product of its cross sectional area (in this case r 2 ) and its height h , therefore, as the volume is 400 cm3 , we have 400 r 2h . b The surface area of the curved surface is Ac 2 rh and the area of the base is Ab r 2 . Hence the total surface area is A Ac Ah 2 rh r 2 . c Using part a, we can expressed Ac as Ac 2 r 2h r 2 400 800 . Using this form, the r r 800 total surface area is A r 2 . r d e The minimum area is min A 239 at r 5.03. f This can be verified graphically. 2 Using the same method as q1: the surface area of a closed cylinder of radius r and height h is A 2 rh 2 r 2 , and the volume is V r 2h. If we’re given that the total surface area is 5000 5000 2 r 2 cm2, we can express h in terms of r : A 5000 2 rh 2 r 2 h . Hence, the 2 r volume can be expressed only in terms of the radius as V r r 5000 2 r 2 2 . V r has a maximum of V 27145 at r 16.3 , at 16 the gradient is positive and at 17 it is negative, so r 16.3 is a maximum. 3 a The perimeter is p 100 2x 2l , where l is the length of the garden. Therefore, l 50 x. b The area is the product of the length and the width, i.e. A xl x 50 x m2. c dA 50 2x dx d dA dA dA 0 when x 25 . This is indeed a maximum as 0 when x 25 and 0 when dx dx dx x 25 . Therefore, the maximum area of the grass is A 252 625m2 , which occurs when the garden is a 25 m 25 m square. 4 The volume of a cone with radius r and height h 18 r is V 1 2 1 r h r 2 18 r . 3 3 1 36r 3r 2 , so V r 0 has solutions r 0, 12 . We restrict ourselves to r 0, so 3 the only turning point is r 12 . This is a maximum because V r 0 when r 12 and V r V r 0 when 0 r 12. Therefore, the maximum volume of the cone is V V 12 288 905cm3 , when r 12 (3 s.f.). 5 a We can imagine that, after removing the squares, the sides of the rectangle are split into three pieces, which have length x, x and 20 2x on one side (the first two correspond to the removed sections, and the latter to the remaining section), and x, x and 24 2x on the other side. The resulting box therefore has a base of size 20 2x 24 2x and height x ; the volume of the box is V x 20 2x 24 2x . © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions b Expanding, we have V 4x3 88x2 480x , and hence V x 12x2 176x 480 . The 24 at 2 x 3.62,11.0 . The second of these corresponds to a negative volume, so is ignored. The stationary points of V are at V x 0 , which has two solutions in the range 0 x former is a local maximum with V 3.62 774.16 . Since V 0 0 V 24 , this is a maximum on the interval of interest: 0 x 12. The value of x which maximises the volume is x 3.62cm which provides a volume of V 774 cm3. 6 a The volume is V r 2h b The surface area of the curved part is Ac 2 rh and the surface area of the ends are each Ae r 2 . Therefore, the total surface area is A Ac 2Ae 2 r 2 2 rh . We can use the volume constraint to write the r in terms of h : 300 r 2h h A 2 r 2 c 300 , so r2 600 r 600 2 r 2 r2 r 150 600 , so the only stationary point is at r r1 3 , and this is a local r2 minimum (this can be seen by, for example, plotting the graph of A r ). Therefore, the A r 4 r minimum surface area is A r1 248 cm2 which occurs at r r1 3.63 cm and h 7.25 . 7 33.3 180.9 . 0.184 This is a maximum point of the function P (a quadratic with a negative leading co-efficient has a single global maximum at its turning point), but the quantity n can only take integer values. The maximum profit is therefore attained at the next largest or next smallest integer to n 180.9 . We calculate P 180 2700.2 2700.29 P 181 : the maximum profit is $2700.29, P n 0.184n 33.3 , so the only stationary point of P in n 0 occurs at n when n 181 goods are sold per day. 8 f x 1.8x 52 , so the only turning point of f occurs when x x1 52 28.9. This is a 1.8 maximum because f x 0 for x x1 and f x 0 for x x1. However, x is an integer, so the maximum is attained at x 28 or x 29. Since f 28 390.4 391.1 f 29 , we the maximum profit is f 29 391.10 USD, when 29 units are sold. conclude Chapter Review 1 a f x 0 , the tangent to f at x 1 has gradient m 0. b y x 3 , the tangent to y at x 1 has gradient m 3. c g x 4x 4 , the tangent to f at x 1 has gradient m 0. d y x 18x2 6x 1 , the tangent to f at x 1 has gradient m 13. e f x 2 3 , the tangent to f at x 1 has gradient m 2 3 1. x2 f f x 18 4x , the tangent to f at x 1 has gradient m 18 4 14. x4 2 First note f 4 0.5 42 3 4 2 2 , so a point on both the normal and the tangent is P 4, 2 . Since f t t 3 , then f 4 1 ; the gradient of the tangent at P is 1 and the gradient of the normal at P is −1. Hence, the normal at P has equation y 2 1 x 4 y 2 x and the tangent at P has equation y 2 x 4 y x 6. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions 3 Since f x 2x 5 , to find the x-coordinate of the point A, when the gradient of the tangent to f is 1, we need to solve f x 2x 5 1 x 3 . The corresponding y co-ordinate is f 3 10 , so A has co-ordinates of 3, 10 . 4 Let x1, y1 be the co-ordinates of B. Note that f x 6x 4 so the normal to the curve at B has gradient of 1 1 , and we’re given that this has to equal , so 6x1 4 2 x1 1. 2 6 x1 4 Then y1 f x1 3 4 3 4. 5 a b f t 1.667 0.0834t f 12 0.666 travelling downhill, f 32 1.00 travelling uphill c The stationary points are where f t 0 0.0834t 1.667 t 20.0 s (this is the time at which Jacek is at the minimum point on the track). This is a minimum point because f t 0 when t 20 and f t 0 when t 20. 6 a The volume of a cylinder of radius r and height h is V r 2h . We’re given that V 300 cm3, so 300 r 2h. b h 300 , The surface area of the curved part is Ac 2 rh and the surface area of each of r2 the ends is Ae r 2 . Hence, the total surface area is S Ac 2Ae 2 rh 2 r 2. c Using the expression from part a, S 2 r d 300 600 2 r 2 2 r 2 . r2 r dS 600 4 r 2 dr r e The only stationary point of S is where 4 r 3 600 r 3 corresponding surface area is S 248 cm3 and h 150 3.62 cm . The 300 = 7.26 cm. (all 3 s.f.) r2 dy 0.1x 1.5 dx dy b Setting 0 dx 7 a M1A1 M1 0.1x 1.5 0 x 15 A1 y 0.05 152 1.5 15 82 93.25 m A1 dy at x 14.5 and x 15.5 dx M1 c Evaluating 8 a dy dy 0.05 and 0.05 dx dx A1 Sign goes from positive to negative, therefore a maximum point R1 V x 40 2x 30 2x x 1200 60x 80x 4x2 b M1A1 x 1200 140x 4x2 1200x 140x2 4x3 dV 1200 280x 12x 2 dx A1 M1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions dV 0 dx M1 1200 280x 12x2 0 A1 c Setting 12x2 280x 1200 0 3x2 70x 300 0 x2 70 3 x 100 0 d Using GDC to solve x2 70 3 x 100 0 M1 x 5.66 cm A1 Vmax 1200 5.657 140 5.6572 4 5.6573 M1 3032 cm3 3030 to 3 s.f. A1 9 a Use of GDC (demonstrated by one correct value) a 0.0534 b 1.09 c 7.48 T 0.0534h2 1.09h 7.48 dT b 0.107h 1.09 dh dT c Setting 0 dh M1 A1 A1 A1 M1A1 M1 A1 h 10.2 d The maximum temperature usually occurs after midday, whereas this is only 10 hours after midnight. R1 10 1.59, 13.2 A1A1 0.336,3.81 A1A1 1.17,1.97 A1A1 11 a dy 2x 2 7x 2 dx M1A1 dy 3 dx M1 2x2 7x 2 3 2x2 7x 5 0 2x 5 x 1 0 x M1 5 35 y 24 2 A1 25 6 0.314 x 3.19 A1 x 1 y b 12 At x 1 , y A1A1 3 2 A1 dy 2x 3 dx At x 1 M1A1 dy 2 dx A1 gradient of the normal is therefore 1 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 M1 9 Worked solutions Equation of the normal is therefore y y 3 1 1 x 2 2 2 y 1 x 1 2 3 1 x 1 2 2 M1 A1 13 Substituting 2, 1 gives M1 A1 1 4a 2b 3 4a 2b 4 2a b 2 dy 2ax b dx M1 8 4a b A1 Solving simultaneously gives M1 a 5 A1 A1 b 12 14 a b y 20 x xy x 20 x 20x x2 M1 Differentiate and set to zero: M1 20 2x 0 A1 x 10 A1 So xyMAX 100 A1 x2 y 2 x2 20 x 2 M1 x2 x2 40x 400 2x2 40x 400 Differentiate and set to zero: M1 4x 40 0 A1 x 10 2 So x y c A1 2 MAX 2 2 10 10 200 4 9.5 40 2 A1 A1 4 10.5 40 2 A1 The derivative goes from negative to positive, therefore this is a maximum R1 © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions Approximating irregular spaces: integration 13 Skills check 1 a 18 cm2 2 a 3x 2 b 14.1 cm2 5 2 b 8x 1 Exercise 13A 1 The distance travelled between t = 0 to t = 20 is d1 1 2050 500 m (area of triangle). The 2 distance travelled between t = 20 50 t = 50 is d2 50 20 50 1500 m (area of square). The distance travelled between t = 50 and t = 60 is d3 1 1050 250 m. The total distance is 2 d d1 d2 d3 2250 m. 2 a Distance travelled is the area A under the line, between t= 1 and t = 4: A = 1 4 1 5 11 24 units. 2 b The line v t 1 intercepts v 0 at t = 1. The area under the curve is therefore A 1 1 4 1 v 4 3 3 4.5 km. 2 2 c At t 0,v 9. At v 0,t 3. Therefore, the triangle has area A 1 27 3 0 9 . The 2 2 distance travelled is 13.5m. 3 a The ends of the line are at A 0.5, f 0.5 A 0.5,7 and B 3.5, f 3.5 B 3.5,1 . Therefore, using the formula for area of a trapezium, the area is 1 1 7 3.5 0.5 12. 2 b Two points on the line are A 0,2 and B 1,0 . Therefore, the gradient of the line is -2, and at x 2,y 2 2 2 6. Therefore, the base of the triangle is 3, and its height is 6; the area is 1 36 9 . 2 c Let C x1, y1 be the intersection point between the lines. Then y1 1.5x1 3 0.5x1 7 x1 2, y1 6. The area is A Ag Af , where Ag is the area under g x between x 0 and x x1 2 and Af is the area under f x between x x1 2 and x 8. Using the area of a trapezium formula, Ag 1 1 g 0 6 2 0 9 and Af 6 f 8 8 2 27. The total area is 2 2 36. d The lines intersect where 6 x 7 x 1. The area is A Ag Af , where Ag is the area under g x between x 3and x 1 and Af is the area under f x between x x1 1and x 5. Using the area of a square/trapezium formula, Ag g 3 g 1 1 3 24 and Af 1 6 f 5 5 1 16. The total area is 40. 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 1 Worked solutions 4 a&b c First calculate f 1 3.5and f 6 6, then use the trapezium area formula to find: Area 1 f 1 f 6 6 1 23.75. 2 5 a&b c The line intersects the x-axis at A 3,0 , so the area enclosed is 1 f 0 0 3 0 9. 2 6 a&b c The area can be split into a triangle for 0 x 5 and a rectangle of height 5 for 5 x 9. 1 5 5 12.5, and the rectangle has area 4 5 20. The total area of 2 the shaded region is 32.5. The triangle has area Exercise 13B 4 1 a i 5 dx 2 b i 3.5 ii 3 2x 8 dx iii 0.5 3x 10 dx 1 4 iv 2x dx 0 Area = 4 2 5 30 ii Using the area of a trapezium: A = 1 1 f 0.5 f 3.5 3.5 0.5 7 1 3 12 2 2 iii Using the area of a trapezium: Area = iv Using the area of a triangle: Area = 1 1 f 1 f 3 3 1 7 1 2 8 2 2 1 1 f 4 4 4 8 16 2 2 2 a Using the formula for the area of a trapezium: Area = 1 6 2 7 3 20 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 2 Worked solutions b Using the formula for the area of a triangle: Area = 1 4 0 8 0 16 2 c Using the formula for the area of a trapezium: Area = 1 2 0 5 4 9 2 Exercise 13C 2 1 a i x 1 2 0.5 dx ii 34 3 ii 65 64 2 1.5 b i x 3dx 1 3 c i x 1 dx ii 5.33 1 0 d i x 3 4x dx ii 4 2 e i Find the root unknown intersection by solving 0 x2 2x x 2. The area is therefore 2 x 2 2x dx 0 f ii 4 3 i The roots (found by solving 0 x 1 x 3 ) are x 1,3. Therefore the area is 3 x 1 x 3 dx 1 ii 32 3 4 2 a i x dx 2 ii 2 56 3 1 b i 2x dx ii 0 1 1 c i 1 1 x 2 dx ii 1.57 1 3 d i 1 dx 0.5 x ii 1.79 © Oxford University Press 2019 3 Worked solutions e i 1 x 3 x 2 37 6 ii dx 0 0 f i x 3 x 2 dx or 2 3 x 3 x 2 0 3 g i x 3 x 2 h i x 2 2x 15 dx 22 or 13.5 3 125 6 ii dx 2 4.5 ii dx ii 80.71 2 i i The solutions of the equation –x2 2x 15 0 are x 3,5. Therefore, the area bounded by f x x2 2x 15 and y 0 is 5 x 2 2x 15 dx . 3 j ii 256 3 i The equation f x 3 e x has solution x ln 3 . Therefore, the area bounded by the xaxis, the curve f x and the line x 1 is ln3 3e x dx 1 ii k i ln27 1 e The equation x 2 5 0has a single root at x 2 3 5 0. The area between 3 y x 2 5 and the co-ordinate axes is therefore 3 0 x 2 3 5 dx. 1 2 53 ii 14 153 5 4 3 a Re-arrange to x2 4 x 2,2. b The curve cuts the y-axis at x 0. At this point, y 4, i.e. the co-ordinated are 0, 4 . c Using the answer from part b, this area is 54 20. 2 d x 2 4 dx 0 16 3 e Total area is the sum of the two parts found in dii and b 16 76 20 3 3 Exercise 13D a 1 Use the solver to find a 0 such that x 1 x 5 dx 24 a 3. 0 a 2 Use the solver to find a 3 such that 2 x dx 9. The solution is 3 a log(8 9log2) / log 2 0.8169 (3 s.f.) 3 a © Oxford University Press 2019 4 Worked solutions 3 b Use the solver to find 0 a 3 such that x a 1 dx 6. The solution is a 0.5693 (4 s.f.) x 4 a a = −1 b The integral describes the area between the curve y x 2 and the x-axis between x 2 and x 1. 5 a b=1 b The integral describes the area between the curve y 1 x 3 and the x-axis, between x 1 and x 1. 6 a t=3 b The integral describes the area between the curve y x 1 and x 3. x 1 and the x-axis, between Exercise 13E 1 Using the notation of the p18, b 9, a 1, n 4 area as: ba 2, so the trapezium rule estimates the n 1 2 5 2 7 6 10 4 55. 2 2 Using the notation of the p18, b 6, a 0, n 4 the area as: ba 1.5, so the trapezium rule estimates n 1 1.5 1 2 4 2 5.5 0 18. 2 3 Using the notation of the p18, b 4, a 1, n 4 estimates the area as: ba 1.25, so the trapezium rule n 1 1.25 5 2 7 3.5 6 8 28.75. 2 4 First set out the table of points: x 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 y 2 2.7 3 3 3.3 4 5.4 Then, using the notation of the p18, b 3, a 0, n 6 estimates the area as: ba 0.5, so the trapezium rule n 1 0.5 2 2 2.7 3 3 3.3 4 5.4 9.85 2 5 First set out the table: x 1 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 4 y 5 4.32 3.87 3.57 3.37 3.25 Then, using the notation of the p18, b 4, a 1, n 5 estimates the area as: ba 0.6, so the trapezium rule n 1 0.6 5 2 4.32 3.87 3.57 3.37 3.25 11.6 (3 s.f.) 2 6 a The x-co-ordinates of the edges of the trapeziums are x 0,0.8,1.6,2.4,3.2, 4 a 0, b 4, n 5 . We have a formula ( y x ) for the height of the edges of these trapeziums. The formula therefore gives an approximation of the area as: 1 4 0 2 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 5.198 (4 s.f.) 2 5 b The x-co-ordinates of the edges of the trapeziums are x 1,0.25,1.5,2.75, 4 a 1, b 4, n 4 . We have a formula ( y 2x ) for the height of the © Oxford University Press 2019 5 Worked solutions edges of these trapeziums. The formula therefore gives an approximation of the area as: 1 5 21 2 20.25 21.5 22.75 24 23.74 (4 s.f.) 2 4 c The x-co-ordinates of the edges of the trapeziums are 10 1) for the height of x the edges of these trapeziums. The formula therefore gives an approximation of the area as: 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 12.21 (4 s.f.) 2 2 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 x 2,2.5,3,3.5, 4, 4.5,5 a 2, b 5, n 6 . We have a formula ( y d The x-co-ordinates of the edges of the trapeziums are x 0,1,2,3, 4,5 a 0, b 5, n 5 . We have a formula ( y 0.5x x 5 x 1) for the height of the edges of these trapeziums. Put these in a table: x 0 1 2 3 4 5 f(x) 0 4 9 10 12 0 The formula therefore gives an approximation of the area as: 1 1 0 2 4 9 10 12 0 35 2 7 a 6 b i 2 x 3 x 6 dx ii 9 3 c Apply the trapezium rule method with 6 trapezoids: the edges of these are at x 3,3.5, 4, 4.5,5,5.5,6. Construct a table (below). x 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 y 0 2.5 4 4.5 4 2.5 0 The trapezium rule formula a 3, b 6, n 6 gives an approximation of the area as 1 1 0 2 2.5 4 4.5 4 2.5 0 8.75. 2 2 d Percentage Error = Actual - Estimated 9 8.75 100% 100% 2.78% (3 s.f.) Actual 9 8 a 2 b i 1 e x dx ii 1 e2 8.389 (3 s.f.) 0 © Oxford University Press 2019 6 Worked solutions c Apply the trapezium rule method with 5 trapezoids: the edges of these are at x 0,0.4,0.8,1.2,1.6,2. Using the trapezium rule formula with a 0, b 2, n 5, gives an approximation of the area as 1 0.4 1 e0 2 1 e0.4 1 e0.8 1 e1.2 1 e1.6 1 e2 8.474. (3 s.f. ) 2 d Percentage Error = Actual - Estimated 8.474 8.389 100% 100% 1.01% (3 s.f.) Actual 8.389 Exercise 13F 1 a i The derivative of F x x is F x 1 f x , so F x x is an antiderivative of f x 1. ii The derivative of F x x 3 is F x 1 f x , so F x x 3 is an antiderivative of f x 1. iii The derivative of F x x 6 is F x 1 f x , so F x x 6 is an antiderivative of f x 1. b For example, F1 x x 10, F2 x x 20. c F x x c , where c is any number. 2 a i The derivative of F x x 2 is F x 2x f x , so F x x 2 is an antiderivative of f x 2x. ii The derivative of F x x2 1 is F x 2x f x , so F x x2 1 is an antiderivative of f x 2x. iii The derivative of F x x2 4 is F x 2x f x , so F x x2 4 is an antiderivative of f x 2x. b For example, F1 x x2 1, F2 x x2 2. c F x x2 c , where c is any number. 3 a i The derivative of F x x2 x2 is F x x f x , so F x is an antiderivative of 2 2 f x x. ii The derivative of F x x2 x2 2.5 is F x x f x , so F x 2.5 is an 2 2 antiderivative of f x x. iii The derivative of F x x2 x2 12 is F x x f x , so F x 12 is an 2 2 antiderivative of f x x. b F x 4 a i x2 c , where c is any number. 2 The derivative of F x x2 x is F x 2x 1 f x , so F x x 2 x is an antiderivative of f x 2x 1. ii The derivative of F x x2 x 3.2 is F x 2x 1 f x , so F x x2 x 3.2 is an antiderivative of f x 2x 1. © Oxford University Press 2019 7 Worked solutions iii The derivative of F x x2 x 4 is F x 2x 1 f x , so F x x2 x 4 is an antiderivative of f x 2x 1. b F x x2 x c , where c is any number. 5 For example, g x 3x 6 For example, g x 2x 7 For example, g x x2 4 8 For example, F x x3 is an anti-derivative of f x x 2 3 x 9 a A x 2.5t dt . Since the function f t 1.25t 2 has f t 2.5t , then it is an anti-derivative 0 of F t 2.5t and A x f x f 0 1.25x2 . x b A x 0.5t 4 dt . Since the function f t 0.25t 2 4t has f t 0.5t 4 , then it is an 0 anti-derivative of F t 0.5t 4 and A x f x f 0 0.25x2 4x . x c A x t 2 dt . Since the function f t 0 F t t 2 and A x f x f 0 t3 has f t t 2 , then it is an anti-derivative of 3 x3 . 3 x d A x t 2 1dt . Since the function f t 0 t3 t has f t t 2 1 , then it is an anti3 derivative of F t t 2 1 and A x f x f 0 x3 x. 3 x 10 4 dt is equal to the area between the line y 4 and the x-axis, over the interval 0 t x; 0 x this rectangle has area of 4x. Therefore 4 dt 4x. 0 11 Using the formula for the area of trapezoid (the function f t 2t 1 is a straight line), x 1 2t 1 dt 2 1 2x 1 x 0 x x 1 . 0 12 Using the formula for the area of trapezoid (the function f t 4t is a straight line), x 1 4t dt 2 8 4x x 2 4 2x x 2 2 x 2 x 2 2x 2 8. 2 Exercise 13G 1 The family of anti-derivatives of 2 are functions of the form f x 2x c , where c is any real number. 2 The family of anti-derivatives of x 1 are functions of the form f x x2 x c , where c is 2 any real number. 3 Any function whose derivative is equal to -1 is of the form f x x c , where c is any real number. 4 Any function whose derivative is equal to 2x is of the form f x x2 c , where c is any real number. © Oxford University Press 2019 8 Worked solutions 5 a x c, c R b 6x c,c R c x c, c R 2 6 a x2 c, c R 2 b x2 c,c R c 5x 2 c, c R 2 d x2 c, c R 4 x3 c, c R 3 b x3 c,c R c 4x 3 c, c R 3 d x3 c, c R 6 e x3 c, c R 9 f x3 c, c R 2 g ax 3 c, c R 3 8 a x4 c, c R 4 b x 4 c,c R c x4 c, c R 2 d x4 c, c R 5 e x4 c, c R 12 f – x4 c, c R 4 g ax 4 c, c R 4 b 0.2x3 c,c R c x6 c, c R 6 ax 2 c, c R 2 e 7 a Exercise 13H 1 Use the power law: a 10x c,c R d 7 2x dx 7 dx 2x dx 7x c1 x 2 c2 7x x 2 c c c1 c2 R e 1 2x dx 1dx 2x dx x c1 x2 c2 x x2 c c c1 c2 R f x2 x2 x2 x3 5 x dx 5x c1 c2 c3 dx 5dx x dx 3 3 2 6 5x x2 x3 c c c1 c2 R 2 6 g 3x 2 3x 2 x2 x3 –x 0.5 dx x dx dx 0.5 dx 0.5x c 4 4 2 4 h x3 x3 x2 x4 1 x dx x c1 c2 c3 dx 1dx x dx 2 2 2 8 x x2 x 4 c (c c1 c2 c3 R) 2 8 x x x3 x2 x 2 4 dx x 2 dx dx 4 dx c1 c2 4x c3 2 2 3 4 i x3 x2 4x c c c1 c2 c3 3 4 j 1 1 x c 2 k 2 2 dx 2x 4 dx x 3 c x4 3 l 5 5 4x 3 dx 4x dx 5x 3 dx 2x 2 x 2 c x 2 2 a If f x x 2 b 3 x 1 4, then f x 2x . 3 3 f x dx x3 x2 4x c (using the power rule) 3 6 t2 t3 c 2 t 3t 2 dt t dt 3t 2 dt © Oxford University Press 2019 9 Worked solutions 4 4t 3 3t 1 dt 4t 3 dt 3t dt dt t 4 5 Any function F which has gradient 3 x 3t 2 t c 2 x2 is of the form 4 x2 x2 x3 F x 3 x c c R dx 3x 4 2 12 6 Any function F which has gradient x 0.5x2 is of the form x2 x3 F x x 0.5x 2 dx c c R 2 6 7 a x 1 x 2 x2 2x x 2 x2 x 2 dy x 1 x 2 has the form dx x3 x2 y f x x 2 x 2 dx 2x c , where c is any real number. 3 2 b Any function y f x with 8 2 x4 x4 2 g x dx x 3 2 1 dx 2x 2 dx x c1 xc x 4 4 x Exercise 13I 1 As the derivative of f x is f x 3x 4x2 , we can use the power-rule to find that f x 3x 2 4 x 3 c for some value of c. As 1,0 lies on the graph, then 2 3 f 1 0 0 3 1 2 2 1 3 4 3 c c 4 3 1 3x 2 4 x 3 1 . Therefore, f x 3 2 6 2 3 6 x x2 x3 2 has the form 2x c where c is a real number; 5 2 15 therefore y has this form, and it remains to find c : since y 3 when x 4 , then 2 Any anti-derivate of x 3 2 42 43 64 64 259 x2 x3 259 24 c 8 8 c c 3 16 . Therefore y 2x 2 15 15 15 15 2 15 15 x2 c , where c is a real number. Therefore, 2 x2 22 f x 3x c , where c is to be determined; as f 2 1, then 1 3 2 c c 3. 2 2 x2 Hence f x 3x 3. 2 3 Any anti-derivative of 3 x is of the form 3x 4 Any anti-derivative of 3x 2 x4 x5 is of the form x 3 c , where c is a real number. Therefore, 15 3 05 x5 c c 2. c , where c is to be determined; as f 0 2, then 2 03 15 15 x5 Hence f x x 3 2. 15 f x x3 5 First find y x : since y x 0.2x 3x2 1, then y x 0.1x2 x3 x c for some c which is to be determined. As y 1 when x 1, then 1 0.1 12 13 1 c c 3 0.1 3.1. Therefore, y x 0.1x2 x3 x 3.1. Next, use this expression to find y when x 0.5 : y 0.5 0.1 0.52 0.53 0.5 3.1 2.45. © Oxford University Press 2019 10 Worked solutions 6 a Since f x x 3, then f x x2 3x c for some c which is to be determined. The 2 point 2,0 lies on the graph of f so f 2 0 0 Therefore, f x b f 2 2 2 2 3 2 c c 2 6 8. x2 3x 8. 2 22 3 2 8 12. 2 7 The cost function C x is an antiderivative of the marginal cost function: x2 2 x c . To find c, use the fixed cost: C 0 145 145 c. Hence, 2 x x2 2 the cost function is C x x 145. 2 x C x M x dx 8 The cost function C x is an antiderivative of the marginal cost function: x3 c . To find c, use the fixed cost: C 0 1000 c 1000. 3 x3 Hence, the cost function is C x 3x 2x 2 1000. 3 C x M x dx 3x 2x 2 9 a The revenue function is an antiderivative of the marginal revenue function: t3 R t t 2 80 dt 80t c . The factory earns 567000$ from selling 120 refrigerators, 3 1203 so R 120 567000 567000 80 120 c c 600. Therefore, 3 t3 R t 80t 600. 3 b The revenue from selling 150 refrigerators is R 150 1503 80 150 600 1113600. 3 Chapter Review 4 1 a i 0.5x 4 dx 1 ii This area is trapezoidal, so we do not need to use the power rule to integrate. Use the formula for the area of a trapezoid with edges of length 0.5 1 4 3.5 and 0.5 4 4 6 . 4 So, 1 0.5x 4 dx 2 6 3.5 4 1 23.75. 1 b i First we need to find the x-intercept by solving 3x 9 0 x 3. Therefore, the limits of the integral are x 0, x 3. The area is 3 3x 9 dx. 0 ii Using the area for a triangle (with base of length 3 and height 9): the area is 3 1 0 3x 9 dx 2 3 9 13.5. 2 a i 64 1, and therefore has 2 0 equation y 4 x. The limits of integration are x 2, x 3. The area is written as a First find the equation of the line: it’s gradient is m 3 definite integral as 4 x dx . 2 © Oxford University Press 2019 11 Worked solutions ii We can use the formula for area of a trapezoid with base of length 5 and edges of height 6 and 4 3 1 (the second is found using the equation of the line). Therefore, the area is 3 1 4 x dx 2 1 6 5 2 4 b i The area is 35 17.5 . 2 16 x 2 dx. 0 ii The line represents a quarter of a circle, with radius 4 and centre 0,0 . Therefore, the area of the shaded region is 0 3 a i The area is x 2 1 42 4 12.6 (3 s.f.) 4 dx. 4 t ii The area function A t x 2 dx 4 4 b i The area is ( x 1 2 64 t 3 4 . . Therefore, the shaded area is A 0 3 3 3 3 3) dx. 1 ii The antiderivative of x 1 3 is f x 2 f 4 f 1 x 1 3 3 3x c . Therefore, the area is 33 23 80 . 3 4 3 3 3 3 2 c i The area is x 4 x 1 dx. 0 x 3 3x 2 4x c . ii The antiderivative of – x 4 x 1 x2 3x 4 is f x 2 3 23 34 22 3 4 2 . Therefore, the area is f 2 f 0 f 2 3 2 3 1.5 d i The area is 8 x dx. 3 1 ii The antiderivative of 8 x3 is f x 8x f 1.5 f 1 8 1.5 1.54 (1)4 8 (1) 19.0 (3.s.f.). 4 4 2 e i The area is x4 c . Therefore, the area is 4 x 3 x 2 2 dx. 2 ii First expand the integrand: x 3 x 2 x 3 x2 4x 4 x 3 x 2 8x 12. 2 The antiderivative of x3 x2 8x 12 is f x area is f 2 f 2 3 f i The area is 4 3 x x 4x 2 12x c . Therefore, the 4 3 128 42.7 (3 s.f.). 3 x 3 x 2 2 dx. 0 ii First expand the integrand: x 3 x 2 x 3 x2 4x 4 x 3 x 2 8x 12. 2 The antiderivative of x3 x2 8x 12 is f x area is f 3 f 0 x 4 x3 4x 2 12x c . Therefore, the 4 3 45 (3 s.f.). 4 © Oxford University Press 2019 12 Worked solutions g i The area is 2 3 1 x 2 ii Using GDC, find this area is 5.68 (3 s.f.) dx. 1 3 h i The area is 1 2 i i The area is e x ii Using GDC, find this area is 19.3 (3 s.f.) 3 x dx. 4 ii Using GDC, find this area is 7.25 (3 s.f.) dx. 2 4 a i 3 ii Using the power rule, an anti-derivative of 4 x dx f 4 f 0 0 3 x2 2x 2 . Therefore, x is f x 3 3 2 3 2 16 42 . 3 3 b i ii Using the power rule, an anti-derivative of x 2 is f x 2 x 2 2 dx f 2 f 2 x3 . Therefore, 3 23 23 16 . 3 3 3 c i ii Note that – x 2 x 4 x2 6x 8 . Therefore, the antiderivative of – x 2 x 4 x 3x 2 8x . Hence is (by power rule) f x – 3 3 3 x 2 x 4 dx f 3 f 2.5 0.458 (3 s.f.) 2.5 d i 4 ii Using the anti-derivative found in 4cii, 4 x 2 x 4 dx f 4 f 2 3 1.33 (3 2 s.f.) © Oxford University Press 2019 13 Worked solutions e i 5 ii Use the GDC to find 10 x 1 dx 6.93 (3 s.f.). Alternatively, note that an anti-derivative of 2 10 is f x 10ln x 1 . Therefore, x 1 5 10 x 1 dx f 5 f 2 10ln 6 10ln 3 10ln 2 ln 1024 6.93 (3 s.f.) 2 f i 1 ii Use the GDC to find 3 x 2 dx 6.43 (3 s.f.). Alternatively, since 3x 2 ex ln3 2, we 1 can find an anti-derivate of 3x 2 as f x 1 3 x 1 2 dx e x ln 3 2x. Therefore, ln3 eln 3 e ln 3 8 2 2 4 6.43 3 s.f. . ln3 ln3 ln27 g i ii Using the power rule, an anti-derivative of x2 2x 3 is f x 3 x 2 2 2x 3 dx f 3 f 2 x3 2x 3. Therefore, 3 65 . 3 © Oxford University Press 2019 14 Worked solutions 5 a The x-intercepts of the graph of y x 1 x 4 are x 1, 4; these are the limits of 4 integration. The area enclosed is therefore x 1 x 4 dx. 1 b First expand the integrand: x 1 x 4 x2 3x 4 . The anti-derivative of x 3x x2 3x 4 is f x 4x , therefore 2 3 3 2 4 x 1 x 4 dx f 4 f 1 1 125 20.8 (3 s.f.). 6 6 a The x-intercepts are solutions of the equation 0 x x 4 . These are x 0, 4. 2 4 b x x 4 2 dx 0 c First expand the integrand: x x 4 x x 2 8x 16 x 3 8x 2 16x. The anti-derivative 2 of x3 8x2 16x is f x 4 x x 4 2 4 3 x 8x 16x , therefore 4 3 2 dx f 4 f 0 f 4 0 64 21.3 (3 s.f.). 3 7 a The x-intercept is at 0. b 2 c x 3 dx 0 d The anti-derivative of x 3 is f x 2 24 x4 4. . Therefore x 3 dx f 2 f 0 4 4 0 8 a b b The area is written in integral form as x 2 2 1dx. The integrand is expanded as 0 x 2 2 1 x2 4x 5, which has anti-derivative of f x b integral is x 2 2 x3 2x 2 5x. Therefore, the 3 1dx f b f 0 f b . Given this area is equal to 42, the solution b 0 solves f b b3 2b2 5b 42. Using an equation solver, the solution is b 3. 3 9 Applying the trapezium rule with end-points a 1, b 10 and n 4 trapezoids. The approximation is 1 10 1 3 2 9 7 12 5 72. 2 4 © Oxford University Press 2019 15 Worked solutions 10 5 equal width trapezoids over the interval 2 x 4 have edges at x 2,2.4,2.8,3.2,3.6, 4. Using the formula for the trapezium rule (with a 2, b 4, n 5 ): area 1 42 2 5 2 2 2 2.4 2 2.8 2 3.2 2 3.6 2 4 2 1.838 (3 s.f.) 11 a b f t t 2 2t has x-intercepts at t 0,2. Therefore, when 0 t x 2, the area under the x graph of f over the interval 0 t x is t 2 2t 0 dt x3 x 2. However, when x 2, 3 f 0 over some part of 0 t x , for which the integral represents the negative of the area between the graph of f and the x -axis. In this case, the area under the graph of f over 2 the interval 0 t x is t 2 2t 0 x 4t dt 12 The integral x dt t 2 2t 2 dt. with x 3 is equal to the area of a trapezium with base length x 3 and 3 x heights 4x and 4 3 12 . Therefore, 1 4t dt 2 4x 12 x 3 2 x 3 13 Using the power rule, 2 x dx 2x 2 9 . x2 c , where c R is a constant of integration. 2 x3 x2 x 4 c , where c R is a constant of 14 Using the power rule, 1 x dx x 4 2 16 integration. 15 a Using the co-ordinates of the points 0.25,0 ,1,10 , the area under the graph of L for 0.25 x 1 is equal to the area of a triangle with base of length 1 0.25 1.25 and height 10 0 ; i.e. this area is x 4 6 b 2 1 1 1.25 10 6.25. 2 1 dx c First expand the integrand as x 4 1 x2 8x 17, which has anti-derivative 2 f x 6 x3 4x 2 17x . Therefore, the area under the curve between 1 x 6 is 3 x 4 1 2 6 1dx x 2 8x 17 dx f 6 f 1 1 50 16.7 (3 s.f.). Hence, the total area under 3 the graph of L is 6.25 16.7 22.9 (3 s.f.) 16 a The three lines have the gradient m. Since the points A 0,0 and B 2,6 lie on the purple line, we can compute m 60 3. A point on the graph of the green line is C 1, 4 and 20 therefore the green line has equation y 4 3 x 1 y f1 x 3x 1. A point on the graph of the purple line is A 0,0 and therefore the purple line has equation y f2 x 3x. A point on the graph of the pink line is D 0, 2 and therefore the green line has equation y 2 3x y f3 x 3x 2. b fi x are anti-derivatives of y t x and hence t x fi' x 3. © Oxford University Press 2019 16 Worked solutions c t x dx 3x c , where c is an arbitrary constant of integration. 17 Begin by putting the data in a table: x 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 y 0.43 1.5 2.82 4 4.69 4.5 3.04 0 Using the trapezium rule formula ( a 1.5, b 5, n 7 ), we estimate the area as 1 5 1.5 0.43 2 1.5 2.82 4 4.69 4.5 3.04 0 10.4 (3 s.f.) 2 7 18 a Splitting the interval 0 x 1 into 5 equal strips means divisions at x 0,0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8,1.0. Therefore, the trapezium rule with a 0, b 1, n 5 approximates the area under the graph of f x e x as 2 A 1 b i 2 2 2 2 1 10 e0 2 e0.2 e0.4 e0.6 e0.8 e1 0.7444 (4 s.f.) 2 5 e x2 dx 0 1 ii Using the GDC, find e x dx 0.7468 (4 s.f.). 2 0 c % error = 19 5x actual – estimated actual 100% 0.7468 0.7444 100% 0.321% (3 s.f.) 0.7468 12x 3 4x 4 c 3 4 M1A1A1 5x 4x3 x 4 c A1 x3 x2 3 3x c 20 x 2 x 3 dx 2 2 2 Substituting x 1 and equating to M1A1A1 13 2 1 1 13 3c 2 2 2 19 c 2 x3 x2 19 f x 3x 2 2 2 21 a M1 A1 A1 6x x2 10 x M1 x2 7x 10 0 x 2 x 5 0 M1 Coordinates are 2,8 A1 and 5,5 A1 b A1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 17 Worked solutions 5 5 x3 c Area under curve 6 x x 2 dx 3x 2 3 2 2 100 28 72 24 3 3 3 M1A1 1 39 5 8 3 2 2 39 9 units2 Required area 24 2 2 Area under line 3 M1A1 M1 Valid attempt to integrate M1 2 4t 1 dt 2 3 0.2t 2t t 2 A1 0.2 33 2 32 3 0.2 23 2 22 2 14.8 m M1 3 b A1 22 a Require 0.6t M1A1 2 A1 23 a M1A1A1 10 b 0 c x2 x 10 dx 10 A1 x2 x3 x 10 x 2 10 10 10 2 x3 0 x 10 dx M1 10 x3 x 4 3 40 0 A1A1 1000 10000 3 40 1000 1000 1000 250 2 units 3 4 12 3 24 a Use of GDC 1, 1 , 0,0 , 1,1 M1 A1 M1 A1A1A1 b A1A1 © Oxford University Press 2019 18 Worked solutions 1 1 c x4 1 3 0 x dx 4 4 0 M1A1 1 3x 3 3 0 x dx 4 4 0 1 4 1 3 A1 3 1 1 4 4 2 1 Therefore total area is 2 1 unit2 2 Positive area is therefore 25 a M1 M1A1 A 1,0 A1 B 6,0 A1 C 3, 4 A1 6 b Area 1 36 2 4 2 dx 2 3 x M1A1A1 6 6 1 4 36 x 2 dx 4 36 x 3 3 A1 1 1 4 36 6 3 1 4 36 10 units2 6 M1 A1 26 a M1A1A1 b M1A1 5 x3 1 5 0 Area 5 dx 5 0 2 4.96 4.68 3.92 2.44 25 2 5 0 M1A1 18.5 units2 A1 c The curve is concave down in the interval 0 x 5 , so each trapezium will be an underestimate. Therefore the sum of the trapezia will also be an underestimate. 5 d R1 R1 5 x3 x4 0 5 25 dx 5x 100 0 M1A1 625 18.75 units2 100 18.5 18.75 100 1.33% e Percentage error 18.75 25 © Oxford University Press 2019 M1A1 M1A1 19